हिंदी और विश्लेषण
अंग्रेज़ी अनुवाद
2आज बापदादा हर बच्चे के भाग्य की रेखायें देख रहे हैं . āj bāpdādā her|har bachchē K|kē bhāgya key|kī rēkhāyē̃ dēkh rahē haĩ . āj bāpdādā her|harnā[root]|har bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] rēkhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today BapDada (x|x[root]) child (K|of) x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) line see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
5Today, BapDada is seeing the lines of fortune of each child.
3मस्तक में चमकते हुए सितारे की रेखा , नयनों में स्नेह और शक्ति की रेखा , होठों में मुस्कान की रेखा , पांव में हर कदम में पदम की रेखा देख रहे हैं . mastak mē̃ chamaktē huē sitārē key|kī rēkhā , nayanō̃ mē̃ snēh aur śhakti key|kī rēkhā , hōṭhō̃ mē̃ muskān key|kī rēkhā , pāṅw mē̃ her|har kadam mē̃ padam key|kī rēkhā dēkh rahē haĩ . mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chamaknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] rēkhā[n.f.;sg.] , nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] rēkhā[n.f.;sg.] , hōṇṭh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] muskān[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] rēkhā[n.f.;sg.] , pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] her|harnā[root]|har kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] rēkhā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . forehead in x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] star (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) line , eye in love and Shakti (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) line , lip in smile (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) line , foot in (x|x[root]) step in multimillion (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) line see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
6He is seeing the line of the sparkling star on the forehead, the line of love and power in the eyes, the line of the smile on the lips and the line of multimillions at every step on the feet.
4आप सभी भी अपने भाग्य की रेखायें देख हर्षित होते हो ना ! āp sabhī bhī apnē bhāgya key|kī rēkhāyē̃ dēkh harṣhit hōtē hō nā ! āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] rēkhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēkhnā[root] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! you all too one’s own x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) line see[root] cheerful be[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
7All of you are also happy to see the lines of your fortune, are you not?
5दिल में यही गाते वाह मेरा भाग्य ! dil mē̃ yahī gātē vāh mērā bhāgya ! dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] gānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ! heart in this sing[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] wah! I[.kā] x ! 6हर एक का मस्तक उस दिव्य सितारे से चमकता हुआ देख बापदादा भी खुश हो रहे हैं और यही दिल में गीत गाते वाह बच्चे वाह ! har ēk kā mastak us divya sitārē sē chamaktā huā dēkh bāpdādā bhī khuśh hō rahē haĩ aur yahī dil mē̃ gīt gātē vāh bachchē vāh ! har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.o.] divya[adj.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] chamaknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] dēkhnā[root] bāpdādā bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur yahī[pn.;d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] vāh bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh ! each one of forehead that divine star from x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[root] BapDada too happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and this heart in x sing[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] wah! child wah! !
8In your heart, you are singing the song, "Wah my fortune!" Seeing each one's forehead sparkling with the divine star, BapDada is pleased and is singing the song in His heart: Wah children! wah!
7बच्चों के दिल से क्या गीत सुन रहे हैं ? bachchō̃ K|kē dil sē kyā gīt sun rahē haĩ ? bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kyā gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ? child (K|of) heart from what x listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ?
9What is the song He is hearing from the hearts of the children?
8वाह बाबा वाह ! vāh bābā vāh ! vāh bābā vāh ! wah! Baba wah! !
10Wah Baba! 11Wah!
9तो बच्चे भी वाह ! tō bachchē bhī vāh ! tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] vāh ! then child too wah! ! 10बाप भी वाह ! bāp bhī vāh ! bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] vāh ! father too wah! !
12So, children are wah and the Father is also wah!
11तो यह सारी सभा क्या हो गई ? tō yah sārī sabhā kyā hō gaī ? tō yah[pn.sg.d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] ? then this the whole court what be[past-part.f..root+jānā] ?
13So, what does that make this whole gathering?
12वाह ! vāh ! vāh ! wah! ! 13वाह ! vāh ! vāh ! wah! ! 14वाह ! vāh ! vāh ! wah! !
14Wah! wah! wah!
15तो अपने भाग्य को देख सदा ऐसे ही हर्षित रहो जैसे अभी सब हर्षित हो रहे हैं . tō apnē bhāgya kō dēkh sadā aisē hī harṣhit rahō jaisē abhī sab harṣhit hō rahē haĩ . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] sadā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] harṣhit[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] sab[adj.] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then one’s own x to see[root] constantly such only cheerful remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] like now all cheerful be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
15So, seeing your fortune, always remain just as happy as you are now.
16यह भाग्य अब संगमयुग में ही मिलता है . yah bhāgya ab saṅgamyug mē̃ hī miltā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . this x now confluence age in only receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
16Only now, at the confluence age, do you receive this fortune.
17संगमयुग के हर घड़ी की बहुत बड़ी वैल्यु है . saṅgamyug K|kē her|har ghaṛī key|kī bahut baṛī value hai . saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] her|harnā[root]|har ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] value hōnā[pres.sg.23] . confluence age (K|of) (x|x[root]) moment (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) very very Values be[pres.sg.23] .
17Every moment of the confluence age has great value.
18संगमयुग की एक घड़ी अविनाशी हो जाती है क्योंकि हर घड़ी का 21 जन्मों के साथ सम्बन्ध है . saṅgamyug key|kī ēk ghaṛī avināśhī hō jātī hai kyōṅki her|har ghaṛī kā 21 janmō̃ kē sāth sambandh hai . saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ēk[adj.] ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] avināśhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] kyōṅki her|harnā[root]|har ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] 21 janm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē sāth[x] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . confluence age (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) one moment imperishable be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] because (x|x[root]) moment of 21 life with relationship be[pres.sg.23] .
18Each moment of the confluence age becomes imperishable because every moment is connected with 21 births.
19अब की एक घड़ी का सन्बन्ध 21 जन्मों के साथ है . ab key|kī ēk ghaṛī kā sanbandha 21 janmō̃ kē sāth hai . ab[adv.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ēk[adj.] ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] 21 janm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē sāth[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) one moment of relationship 21 life with be[pres.sg.23] .
19One moment of the present time is connected with 21 births.
20तो चेक करो एक घड़ी अगर व्यर्थ गई तो एक जन्म की बात नहीं 21 जन्म के सम्बन्ध की बात है इसलिए बापदादा बच्चों को समय प्रति समय अटेन्शन खिंचवा रहे हैं कि संगमयुग की एक घड़ी को भी एक संकल्प को भी व्यर्थ नहीं गवाओ क्योंकि एक जन्म व्यर्थ नहीं गंवाया लेकिन 21 जन्म में व्यर्थ गंवाया . tō check karō ēk ghaṛī agar vyarth gaī tō ēk janm key|kī bāt nahī̃ 21 janm K|kē sambandh key|kī bāt hai isliē bāpdādā bachchō̃ kō samay prati samay attention khiñchvā rahē haĩ ki saṅgamyug key|kī ēk ghaṛī kō bhī ēk saṅkalp kō bhī vyarth nahī̃ gavāō kyōṅki ēk janm vyarth nahī̃ ganvāyā lēkin 21 janm mē̃ vyarth ganvāyā . tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ēk[adj.] ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] agar vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[past-part.f.] tō ēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] attention khichvānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ēk[adj.] ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ganvānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki ēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ganvānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] ganvānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] one moment if wasteful go[past-part.f.] then one (life|be born[root]) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) matter not 21 (life|be born[root]) (K|of) relationship (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) matter be[pres.sg.23] therefore BapDada child to time for time attention draw[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that confluence age (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) one moment to too one thought to too wasteful not lose[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because one (life|be born[root]) wasteful not lose[past-part.m.sg.d.] but 21 (life|be born[root]) in wasteful lose[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
20So check: If one moment is wasted, it is not a matter of just one birth, but it is a matter of 21 births, and this is why BapDada draws the attention of you children from time to time: Do not waste a single moment or a single thought of the confluence age because it is not that you have wasted one birth, but you have wasted 21 births.
21संगमयुग का महत्व हर समय याद रखो . saṅgamyug kā mahatva her|har samay yād rakhō . saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] her|harnā[root]|har samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . confluence age of importance (x|x[root]) time remember .
21Remember the importance of the confluence age at every moment.
22बापदादा ने व्यर्थ समय और व्यर्थ संकल्प का होमवर्क सभी को दिया था . bāpdādā nē vyarth samay aur vyarth saṅkalp kā homework sabhī kō diyā thā . bāpdādā nē[postp.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] home work sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] dēnā[past-perf.m.sg.] . BapDada ∅ wasteful time and wasteful thought of homework all to give[past-perf.m.sg.] .
22BapDada gave everyone the homework of not wasting time or thoughts.
23तो सभी ने होमवर्क किया ? tō sabhī nē homework kiyā ? tō sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] home work karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then all ∅ homework do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
23So, did all of you do your homework?
24जो समझते हैं हमारा अटेन्शन रहा और बहुत करके सफलता भी प्राप्त हुई , लक्ष्य का लक्षण तक परिणाम है , वह हाथ उठाना . jō samajhtē haĩ hamārā attention rahā aur bahut karkē saphaltā bhī prāpt huī , lakṣhya kā lakṣhaṇ tak pariṇām hai , vah hāth uṭhānā . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.kā] attention rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] aur bahut karnā[abs.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[past-part.f.] , lakṣhya[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak pariṇām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[x] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we[.kā] attention (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) and very do[abs.] success too reached be[past-part.f.] , aim of qualification until x be[pres.sg.23] , that raise your hands .
24Those of you who feel that you paid attention and also attained a lot of success, and that you reached the qualifications of your aim, raise your hands!
25अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
25Achcha.
26पाण्डव उठा रहे हैं ? pāṇḍav uṭhā rahē haĩ ? pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ? Pandava uplift[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ?
26Are the Pandavas raising their hands?
27बड़ा हाथ उठाओ . baṛā hāth uṭhāō . baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . very raise your hands .
27Raise your hands high.
28अभी सभी ने काम नहीं किया है . abhī sabhī nē kām nahī̃ kiyā hai . ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . now all ∅ (task|lust) not do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
28Now, not everyone has done this work.
29संगमयुग के महत्व को अगर सदा बुद्धि में याद रखो कि अविनाशी बाप द्वारा यह कार्य मिला है . saṅgamyug K|kē mahatva kō agar sadā buddhi mē̃ yād rakhō ki avināśhī bāp dvārā yah kārya milā hai . saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] agar sadā buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] avināśhī[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā yah[pn.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . confluence age (K|of) importance to if constantly intellect in remember that imperishable father through this task receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . 30हर घड़ी अविनाशी बनने की है क्योंकि अविनाशी बाप ने यह वरदान दिया है . her|har ghaṛī avināśhī bannē kī hai kyōṅki avināśhī bāp nē yah vardān diyā hai . her|harnā[root]|har ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] avināśhī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] kyōṅki avināśhī[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . (x|x[root]) moment imperishable become[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] because imperishable father ∅ this blessing give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . 31तो सहज ही हो जायेगा . tō sahaj hī hō jāyēgā . tō sahaj[adj.] hī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . then easy only be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
29If you constantly keep the importance of the confluence age in your intellect, that you have received this task from the imperishable Father, and that every moment is to become imperishable, it will happen easily because it is the imperishable Father who has given you this blessing.
32बाप ने सुनाया कि हर एक ब्राह्मण बच्चे के कदम में पदम की रेखा है . bāp nē sunāyā ki har ēk brāhmaṇ bachchē K|kē kadam mē̃ padam key|kī rēkhā hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] rēkhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father ∅ speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] that each one Brahmin child (K|of) step in multimillion (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) line be[pres.sg.23] .
30The Father has told you that every Brahmin has a line of multimillions at every step.
33सोचो कदम में पदम की रेखा तो कितने पदमों के लिए संगमयुग पर गोल्डन चांस है . sōchō kadam mē̃ padam key|kī rēkhā tō kitnē padamō̃ kē liē saṅgamyug par golden chance hai . sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] rēkhā[n.f.;sg.] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] padam[-o-nom-masculin] kē liē[x] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] golden chance hōnā[pres.sg.23] . think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] step in multimillion (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) line then so multimillion for confluence age (at|other) golden chance be[pres.sg.23] .
31Just think: If you have a line of multimillions at every step, then of how many multimillions do you have a golden chance at the confluence age?
34हर एक को यह अपना भाग्य स्मृति में रखना है . har ēk kō yah apnā bhāgya smr̥iti mē̃ rakhnā hai . har ēk[x] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . each one to this (one’s own|adopt[root]) x awareness in keep[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
32Each one of you has to keep this fortune of yours in your awareness.
35कई बच्चे सोचते हैं कि बापदादा क्या चाहते हैं ? kaī bachchē sōchtē haĩ ki bāpdādā kyā chāhtē haĩ ? kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] bāpdādā kyā chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? some child think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that BapDada what x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
33Some children wonder what BapDada wants.
36बापदादा यही चाहते हैं कि एक-एक बच्चा डबल राजा बन जाये . bāpdādā yahī chāhtē haĩ ki ēk-ēk bachchā double rājā ban jāyē . bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] double rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . BapDada this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that one child double king become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . 37अभी स्वराज्य अधिकारी और भविष्य में विश्व राज्य अधिकारी . abhī svarājya adhikārī aur bhaviṣhya mē̃ viśhva rājya adhikārī . ab[adv.hī] svarājya adhikārī[x] aur bhaviṣhya[adj.] mē̃[postp.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] rājya adhikārī[x] . now self-sovereign and future in world master .
34BapDada wants each child to become a double king: a master of the self at the present time and a ruler of the world in the future.
38कोई भी बच्चा डबल राजा बनने में कम नहीं हो . kōī bhī bachchā double rājā bannē mē̃ cum|kam nahī̃ hō . kōī bhī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] double rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . anyone child double king become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in (x|less) not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
35No child should be any less in becoming a double king.
39तो हर एक बच्चा डबल राज्य अधिकारी हो ना ! tō har ēk bachchā double rājya adhikārī hō nā ! tō har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] double rājya adhikārī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! then each one child double master (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
36Each of you children has a right to double sovereignty, do you not?
40कांध हिलाओ . kāndh hilāō . kāndh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . shoulder make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
37Nod your head!
41तो हर बच्चा डबल राज्य अधिकारी है , कांध हिलाओ . tō her|har bachchā double rājya adhikārī hai , kāndh hilāō . tō her|harnā[root]|har bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] double rājya adhikārī[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kāndh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then (x|x[root]) child double master be[pres.sg.23] , shoulder make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
38Does every child have a right to the double sovereignty?
42तो बाप को कितनी खुशी होती है . tō bāp kō kitnī khuśhī hōtī hai . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . then father to so happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] .
39The Father is then so happy.
43बापदादा हर बच्चे का रिकार्ड रोज़ देखते हैं . bāpdādā her|har bachchē kā record rōz dēkhtē haĩ . bāpdādā her|harnā[root]|har bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] record rōz dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada (x|x[root]) child of record day see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
40BapDada sees the record of every child daily.
44तो क्या देखते हैं ? tō kyā dēkhtē haĩ ? tō kyā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? then what see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
41What does He see?
45हर एक अपने दिल में तो जान गये होंगे . har ēk apnē dil mē̃ tō jān gayē hōṅgē . har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . each one one’s own heart in then know[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
42Each one of you must know this in your heart.
46राज्य अधिकारी बने तो हैं लेकिन अभी जो स्वराज्य अधिकारी हो , स्वराज्य अधिकारी अर्थात् मन-बुद्धि संस्कार को अपने कन्ट्रोल में चलाने वाला . rājya adhikārī banē tō haĩ lēkin abhī jō svarājya adhikārī hō , svarājya adhikārī arthāt man-buddhi saṅskār kō apnē control mē̃ chalānē vālā . rājya adhikārī[x] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] svarājya adhikārī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , svarājya adhikārī[x] arthāt man-buddhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] control mē̃[postp.] chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . master (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) then be[pres.pl.12hon3] but now that self-sovereign (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , self-sovereign that is x sanskar to one’s own control in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
43You have become masters of the kingdom, but, at present, you only have self-sovereignty. 44Self-sovereignty means that you are able to keep your mind, intellect and sanskars under your control.
47जब चाहे जैसे चाहे वैसे अधिकार में रहे . jab chāhē jaisē chāhē vaisē adhikār mē̃ rahē . jab chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] adhikār[x] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] . when (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) like (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) x right in (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) .
45They should stay under your control as and when you want.
48जैसे यह स्थूल कर्मेन्द्रियां हाथ हैं , पांव हैं अपने कन्ट्रोल में रहते हैं ऐसे मन बुद्धि संस्कार जब चाहे जैसे चाहे रूलिंग पावर और कन्ट्रोलिंग पावर हो . jaisē yah sthūl karmēndriyā̃ hāth haĩ , pāṅw haĩ apnē control mē̃ rahtē haĩ aisē man buddhi saṅskār jab chāhē jaisē chāhē ruling power aur controlling power hō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sthūl[adj.] karmēndriy[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] control mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] saṅskār[x] jab chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] ruling power[x] aur controlling power[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . like this physical physical organ hand be[pres.pl.12hon3] , foot be[pres.pl.12hon3] one’s own control in remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] such mind intellect sanskar when (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) like (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) ruling power and controlling power (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
46For instance, the physical limbs, the hands and feet stay under your control. 47In the same way, you should have ruling power and controlling power over your mind, intellect and sanskars.
49अभी देखने में नम्बरवार बहुत हैं . abhī dēkhnē mē̃ number-vār bahut haĩ . ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] number-wār bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . now see[inf.m.pl.,o.] in numberwise very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
48At present, it is visible that many are numberwise in this.
50हैं यह भी मेरे . haĩ yah bhī mērē . hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] . be[pres.pl.12hon3] this too I[.kē] .
49These too are mine.
51मन मैं नहीं है , मेरा है . man maĩ nahī̃ hai , mērā hai . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . mind I not be[pres.sg.23] , I[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] . 52संस्कार मेरे हैं . saṅskār mērē haĩ . saṅskār[x] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . sanskar I[.kē] be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 53बुद्धि मेरी है . buddhi mērī hai . buddhi[n.f.;sg.] maĩ[pn.sg.kī] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . intellect I[.kī] be[pres.sg.23] .
50I am not the mind, it is "mine"; the sanskars are "mine"; the intellect is "mine".
54तो कन्ट्रोलिंग पावर रूलिंग पावर नम्बरवार है . tō controlling power ruling power number-vār hai . tō controlling power[x] ruling power[x] number-wār hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then controlling power ruling power numberwise be[pres.sg.23] .
51Therefore, the controlling power and ruling power are numberwise.
55बापदादा समय की सूचना भी समय प्रति समय देते रहे हैं , उस समय के अनुसार आप लोगों का एक-एक का स्वमान है विश्व कल्याणकारी . bāpdādā samay key|kī sūchnā bhī samay prati samay dētē rahē haĩ , us samay K|kē anusār āp lōgō̃ kā ēk-ēk kā svamān hai viśhva kalyāṇkārī . bāpdādā samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sūchnā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anusār āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svamān[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] . BapDada time (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x too time for time give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , that time (K|of) according to you people of one of self-respect be[pres.sg.23] world beneficial .
52From time to time, BapDada continues to warn you of the time. 53According to this time, the self-respect of each one of you is that of a world-benefactor.
56अब समय प्रमाण हर एक बच्चे को विश्व कल्याणी स्वरूप को प्रत्यक्ष करने का समय है . ab samay pramāṇ har ēk bachchē kō viśhva kalyāṇī svarūp kō pratyakṣha karnē kā samay hai . ab[adv.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now time (under) each one child to world benefactor form to visible do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of time be[pres.sg.23] .
54Now, according to the time, it is time for each one of you children to reveal your world benefactor form.
57चारों ओर दुःख अशान्ति बढ़ रही है . chārō̃ ōr duḥkh aśhānti baṛh rahī hai . chārō̃ ōr[x] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . everywhere (hurt[root]|sorrow) peacelessness grow[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
55Sorrow and peacelessness are increasing everywhere.
58आपके भाई आपकी बहिनें , परिवार दुःखी हो रहे हैं तो आपको अपने परिवार पर रहम नहीं आता ! āpkē bhāī āpkī bahinē̃ , parivār duḥkhī hō rahē haĩ tō āpkō apnē parivār par rahm nahī̃ ātā ! āp[pn.pl.kē] bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kī] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] duḥkhnā[pres-perf.pl.f.2] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] tō āp[pn.pl.kō] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ! you[.kē] (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) you[.kī] x , family hurt[pres-perf.pl.f.2] remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] then you[.kō] one’s own family (at|other) mercy not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] !
56Your brothers, your sisters, your family, are all experiencing sorrow, so do you not feel mercy for your family?
59अभी बापदादा यही इशारा दे रहे हैं स्व पुरूषार्थ के साथ विश्व सेवा जैसे वाचा की सेवा वर्तमान समय अच्छी धूमधाम से कर रहे हो . abhī bāpdādā yahī iśhārā dē rahē haĩ sva purūṣhārth kē sāth viśhva sēvā jaisē vāchā key|kī sēvā vartamān samay achchhī dhūmdhām sē kar rahē hō . ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] sva puruṣhārth kē sāth[x] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāchā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dhūmdhām[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . now BapDada this signal give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] x effort with world service like x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service present time achcha a lot of pomp and joy from do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
57BapDada is now giving this signal: Together with self-service, also do world service in the same way that you are doing service through words very well with a lot of splendour at present.
60बापदादा खुश है , यह 75 वर्ष की जुबली ने सभी के मन में मैजारिटी सेवा का उमंग लाया है . bāpdādā khuśh hai , yah 75 varṣh key|kī jubilee nē sabhī K|kē man mē̃ majority sēvā kā umaṅg lāyā hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] 75 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] jubilee nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] majority sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] lānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] , this 75 year (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x ∅ all (K|of) mind in majority service of zeal x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
58BapDada is pleased. 59The 75th Platinum Jubilee has brought about a lot of enthusiasm for service in the minds of the majorityof you.
61बापदादा देख करके खुश है लेकिन अभी मन्सा सेवा की भी आवश्यकता है क्योंकि सभी तरफ विश्व कल्याणकारी बनना है उसमें मन्सा वाचा और कर्मणा अर्थात् चलन और चेहरे से तीनों ही सेवा की अभी आवश्यकता है . bāpdādā dēkh karkē khuśh hai lēkin abhī mansā sēvā key|kī bhī āvaśhyaktā hai kyōṅki sabhī taraph viśhva kalyāṇkārī bannā hai usmē̃ mansā vāchā aur karmaṇā arthāt chalan aur chēhrē sē tīnō̃ hī sēvā key|kī abhī āvaśhyaktā hai . bāpdādā dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki sab[adv.hī] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] mansā vāchā aur karmaṇā arthāt chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] tīnō̃[adj.] hī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ab[adv.hī] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada see[root] do[abs.] happy be[pres.sg.23] but now through the mind service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too need be[pres.sg.23] because all direction world beneficial become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that[.mē̃] through the mind x and x that is behaviour and face from all three only service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) now need be[pres.sg.23] .
60Seeing this BapDada is pleased, but service through the mind is now also needed because you have to become world benefactors in all ways. 61Service through thoughts, words and deeds, that is, through your face and activity - all three types of service is now necessary.
62रोज़ चेक करो तीनों सेवाओं में कितनी परसेन्ट सेवा की ? rōz check karō tīnō̃ sēvāō̃ mē̃ kitnī percent sēvā key|kī ? rōz check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tīnō̃[adj.] sēvā[x] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] percent sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ? day check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] all three service in so % service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) ?
62Check daily: What percentage of service did you do with all three types of service?
63वाचा में तो बापदादा ने भी सर्टीफिकेट दिया लेकिन अभी मन्सा सूक्ष्म वायबे्रशन्स द्वारा आत्माओं के दुःख अशान्ति का सहारा बनना पड़े . vāchā mē̃ tō bāpdādā nē bhī certificate diyā lēkin abhī mansā sūkṣhma vibrations dvārā ātmāō̃ K|kē duḥkh aśhānti kā sahārā bannā paṛē . vāchā mē̃[postp.] tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] bhī[p.] certificate dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin ab[adv.hī] mansā sūkṣhma[adj.] vibration dvārā ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] . x in then BapDada ∅ too certificate give[past-part.m.sg.d.] but now through the mind subtle vibrations through soul (K|of) (hurt[root]|sorrow) peacelessness of support become[opt.sg.23.oblig2] .
63BapDada has already given you a certificate for serving through words, but now, through the subtle vibrations of the mind, you have to become a support for souls in their sorrow and peacelessness.
64क्या आपको तरस नहीं आता ? kyā āpkō taras nahī̃ ātā ? kyā āp[pn.pl.kō] taras[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ? what you[.kō] mercy not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ?
64Do you not feel mercy?
65बापदादा को तो बच्चों पर चाहे कैसे भी हैं लेकिन फिर भी बच्चे तो हैं ना , तरस आता है . bāpdādā kō tō bachchō̃ par chāhē kaisē bhī haĩ lēkin phir bhī bachchē tō haĩ nā , taras ātā hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin phir bhī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā , taras[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada to then child (at|other) (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) how too be[pres.pl.12hon3] but nevertheless child then be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ , mercy come[pres.sg.m.23] .
65BapDada feels mercy for the children, because no matter what they are like, they are still children.
66तो अभी हर बच्चे को सिर्फ सेन्टर कल्याणी नहीं , ज़ोन कल्याणी नहीं विश्व कल्याणी बनना है . tō abhī her|har bachchē kō sirph centre kalyāṇī nahī̃ , zone kalyāṇī nahī̃ viśhva kalyāṇī bannā hai . tō ab[adv.hī] her|harnā[root]|har bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] sirph[adj.] centre kalyāṇī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] , zone kalyāṇī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇī[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then now (x|x[root]) child to only centre benefactor not , zone benefactor not world benefactor become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
66So, every child now has to become, not just a benefactor of the centre, or a benefactor of the zone, but a world benefactor.
67तो बापदादा अभी यही अटेन्शन दिला रहे हैं अपने भक्तों का कल्याणकारी बनो क्योंकि यह संगमयुग का बहुत बड़ा महत्व है . tō bāpdādā abhī yahī attention dilā rahē haĩ apnē bhaktō̃ kā kalyāṇkārī banō kyōṅki yah saṅgamyug kā bahut baṛā mahatva hai . tō bāpdādā ab[adv.hī] yahī[pn.;d.] attention dilānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then BapDada now this attention x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] one’s own devotee of beneficial become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because this confluence age of very very importance be[pres.sg.23] .
67BapDada is now drawing your attention: Become a benefactor for your devotees because this confluence age is very important.
68अभी संगमयुग में जो चाहे जितना चाहे उतना बाप से सहयोग मिल सकता है . abhī saṅgamyug mē̃ jō chāhē jitnā chāhē utnā bāp sē sahyōg mil saktā hai . ab[adv.hī] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . now confluence age in that (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) the more (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) x father from cooperation receive[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
68Now, at the confluence age, you can receive as much co-operation as you want from the Father.
69तो सुना क्या करना है अभी ? tō sunā kyā karnā hai abhī ? tō sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ab[adv.hī] ? then (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] now ?
69So, did you hear what you have to do now?
70मन्सा सेवा को बढ़ाओ . mansā sēvā kō baṛhāō . mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . through the mind service to increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
70Increase service through the mind.
71अपने कार्य के प्रमाण जैसे ट्रैफिक कन्ट्रोल का टाइम फिक्स किया हुआ है ऐसे ही हर एक को मन्सा सेवा का भी टाइम फिक्स करना चाहिए . apnē kārya K|kē pramāṇ jaisē traffic control kā time fix kiyā huā hai aisē hī har ēk kō mansā sēvā kā bhī time fix karnā chāhiē . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] traffic control[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time fix karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] har ēk[x] kō[postp.] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] time fix karnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|karnā[.oblig3] . one’s own task (K|of) (under) like traffic control of time fix do[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] such only each one to through the mind service of too time fix (do[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|do[.oblig3]) .
71According to your own duties, just as you have fixed the times for traffic control, in the same way, each one of you should also fix a time for doing service through the mind.
72जब ज्यादा दुःख होगा उस समय सभी का अटेन्शन उस हलचल में होगा लेकिन अभी मन्सा सेवा का समय है इसलिए हर बच्चे को अपने विश्व कल्याणी का स्वरूप इमर्ज करना है . jab jyādā duḥkh hōgā us samay sabhī kā attention us halchal mē̃ hōgā lēkin abhī mansā sēvā kā samay hai isliē her|har bachchē kō apnē viśhva kalyāṇī kā svarūp emerge karnā hai . jab jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention vah[pn.sg.o.] halchal[x] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē her|harnā[root]|har bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇī[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] emerge karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . when more (hurt[root]|sorrow) be[fut.m.sg.23] that time all of attention that upheaval in be[fut.m.sg.23] but now through the mind service of time be[pres.sg.23] therefore (x|x[root]) child to one’s own world benefactor of form emerge do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
72When sorrow increases, everyone's attention at that time will be on that upheaval, but it is now time for serving through the mind and this is why all of you children have to make your world-benefactor form emerge.
73विश्व कल्याण में स्व कल्याण स्वतः और सहज हो जायेगा क्योंकि अगर मन फ्री है तो व्यर्थ आता है लेकिन मन बिजी होगा तो व्यर्थ सहज ही समाप्त हो जायेगा . viśhva kalyāṇ mē̃ sva kalyāṇ svataḥ aur sahaj hō jāyēgā kyōṅki agar man free hai tō vyarth ātā hai lēkin man busy hōgā tō vyarth sahaj hī samāpt hō jāyēgā . viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sva kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] svataḥ aur sahaj[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] kyōṅki agar man[n.m.;sg.,d.] free hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin man[n.m.;sg.,d.] busy hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahaj[adj.] hī[p.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . world benefit in x benefit automatically and easy be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] because if mind free be[pres.sg.23] then wasteful come[pres.sg.m.23] but mind busy be[fut.m.sg.23] then wasteful easy only finished be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
73Benefit for the self is automatically and easily included in world benefit because waste will come if your mind is free. 74However, if your mind is busy, waste will then easily finish.
74तो बापदादा जब चक्र लगाके चारों ओर देश विदेश के अज्ञानी बच्चों को देखते हैं तो तरस आता है इसलिए आप सब भी अब दुःख हर्ता सुख कर्ता बनो . tō bāpdādā jab chakra lagākē chārō̃ ōr dēśh vidēśh K|kē agyānī bachchō̃ kō dēkhtē haĩ tō taras ātā hai isliē āp sab bhī ab duḥkh hartā sukh kartā banō . tō bāpdādā jab chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[abs.] chārō̃ ōr[x] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] agyānī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō taras[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] isliē āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] bhī[p.] ab[adv.] duḥkh hartā sukh kartā[x] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then BapDada when (cycle|x) attach[abs.] everywhere land abroad (K|of) ignorant child to see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then mercy come[pres.sg.m.23] therefore you all too now x become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
75So, when BapDada tours around everywhere in this land and abroad and sees the children who do not have knowledge, He feels mercy and this is why all of you now have to become removers of sorrow and bestowers of happiness.
75आज तो सभी होली मनाने आये हैं . āj tō sabhī hōlī|holy manānē āyē haĩ . āj tō sab[adv.hī] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . today then all (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
76Today, all of you have come to celebrate Holi.
76दुनिया वालों की होली और आपकी होली में कितना अन्तर है . duniyā vālō̃ key|kī hōlī|holy aur āpkī hōlī|holy mē̃ kitnā antar hai . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] aur āp[pn.pl.kī] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . world those who (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (Holi|holy) and you[.kī] (Holi|holy) in so difference be[pres.sg.23] .
77Your Holi is so different from the Holi of the people of the world.
77लेकिन बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा कि आपके भक्त आप लोगों के किये हुए कार्य को कॉपी करने में होशियार हैं क्योंकि यह सब विधियां द्वापर में आने वाली आत्माओं ने बनाई हैं . lēkin bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā ki āpkē bhakta āp lōgō̃ K|kē kiyē huē kārya kō copy karnē mē̃ hōśhiyār haĩ kyōṅki yah sab vidhiyā̃ dvāpar mē̃ ānē vālī ātmāō̃ nē banāī haĩ . lēkin bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.kē] bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] copy karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] vidhi[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] dvāpar mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] banānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . but BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too say[past-part.m.sg.d.] that you[.kē] devotee you people (K|of) do[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] task to copy do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] because this all method copper age in (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who soul ∅ create[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .
78However, BapDada has told you earlier too that your devotees are clever in copying whatever you have done, because all of these rituals have been created by souls who have come from the copper age.
78तो पहला पहला जन्म था ना इसलिए उन्हों की बुद्धि भी जैसे नियम है पहले सतोप्रधान फिर रजो तमो में आते हैं , तो उस समय उन्हों की बुद्धि अपने हिसाब से सतो थी इसलिए आपकी एक-एक विशेषता को , आप सदा उत्साह में खुशी में रहते हो उसको उत्सव के रूप में मनाना शुरू किया है . tō pahlā pahlā janm thā nā isliē unhō̃ key|kī buddhi bhī jaisē niyam hai pahlē satōpradhān phir rajō tamō mē̃ ātē haĩ , tō us samay unhō̃ key|kī buddhi apnē hisāb sē satō thī isliē āpkī ēk-ēk viśhēṣhtā kō , āp sadā utsāh mē̃ khuśhī mē̃ rahtē hō uskō utsav K|kē rūp mē̃ manānā śhurū kiyā hai . tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] hōnā[past.m.sg] nā isliē vah[pn.pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] niyam[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] satōpradhān[adj.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] rajō ou rajōguṇ tamō ou tamōguṇ mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , tō vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] satō, satōguṇ hōnā[past.f] isliē āp[pn.pl.kī] ēk[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] , āp[pn.pl.] sadā utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.kō] utsav[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then x x (life|be born[root]) be[past.m.sg] ∅ therefore that (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) intellect too like law be[pres.sg.23] (x|firstly) satopradhan (then|turn[root]) x x in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , then that time that (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) intellect one’s own account from sato be[past.f] therefore you[.kī] one speciality to , you constantly enthusiasm in happiness in remain[pres.pl.m.2] that[.kō] x (K|of) Rup in celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] beginning do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
79It was their first birth and that was why their intellects were also satopradhan. 80It is the law that everything is at first satopradhan and then goes through the stages of rajo and tamo. 81So, at that time, in their own way, their intellects were sato and that was why they copied your every speciality. 82You constantly stay in happiness with enthusiasm and so they began to celebrate that as a festival.
79जैसे शिवरात्रि पर भी बताया ना कॉपी करने में कितने होशियार हैं . jaisē śhivrātri par bhī batāyā nā copy karnē mē̃ kitnē hōśhiyār haĩ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhivrātri[x] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bhī[p.] batānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā copy karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . like Shiva Ratri (at|other) too tell[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ copy do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in so clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
83You were told on Shiv Ratri how they are very clever in copying.
80ऐसे अभी भी आप सदा संगम पर उत्साह में रहते हो तो आपका उत्साह उन्होंने उत्सव के रूप में यादगार बनाया है . aisē abhī bhī āp sadā saṅgam par utsāh mē̃ rahtē hō tō āpkā utsāh unhōnnē utsav K|kē rūp mē̃ yādgār banāyā hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] sadā saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō āp[pn.pl.kā] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.pl.nē] utsav[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yādgār[x] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . such now too you constantly confluence (at|other) enthusiasm in remain[pres.pl.m.2] then you[.kā] enthusiasm that[.nē] x (K|of) Rup in memorial create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
84In the same way, now, at the confluence age, you have constant enthusiasm and so they have created a memorial of your enthusiasm in the form of a festival of enthusiasm.
81तो होली में क्या करते हैं ? tō hōlī|holy mē̃ kyā kartē haĩ ? tō hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] mē̃[postp.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? then (Holi|holy) in what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
85So, what do they do at Holi?
82आपने भी अपने जीवन को रंगा है लेकिन आपका रंग कौन सा है ? āpnē bhī apnē jīvan kō raṅgā hai lēkin āpkā raṅg kaun sā hai ? āp[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] raṅgnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kā] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun sā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? you[.nē] too one’s own life to x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but you[.kā] (x[root]|colour) which be[pres.sg.23] ?
86You too have coloured your lives, but what is your colour?
83आप सभी का रंग है बाप के संग का रंग . āp sabhī kā raṅg hai bāp K|kē saṅg kā raṅg . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] . you all of (x[root]|colour) be[pres.sg.23] father (K|of) company of (x[root]|colour) .
87The colour that all of you have is that of the Father's company.
84तो सारा समय बाप के संग के रंग में रहते हो ना ! tō sārā samay bāp K|kē saṅg K|kē raṅg mē̃ rahtē hō nā ! tō sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! then the whole time father (K|of) company (K|of) (x[root]|colour) in remain[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
88You stay in the colour of the Father's company all the time, do you not?
85तो उन्होंने भी रंग तो बनाया लेकिन बॉडी कान्सेस है ना ! tō unhōnnē bhī raṅg tō banāyā lēkin body conscious hai nā ! tō vah[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin body conscious[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! then that[.nē] too (x[root]|colour) then create[past-part.m.sg.d.] but body conscious be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ! 86तो स्थूल रंग बना दिया है . tō sthūl raṅg banā diyā hai . tō sthūl[adj.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . then physical (x[root]|colour) (become[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) .
89So, they have also created colour, but, because they are body conscious, they have taken the colour to be physical.
87लेकिन आप सभी सदा यह कल्याणकारी संगम में इस रंग में , संग के रंग में रहते हो ना ! lēkin āp sabhī sadā yah kalyāṇkārī saṅgam mē̃ is raṅg mē̃ , saṅg K|kē raṅg mē̃ rahtē hō nā ! lēkin āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] sadā yah[pn.sg.d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! but you all constantly this beneficial confluence in this (x[root]|colour) in , company (K|of) (x[root]|colour) in remain[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
90However, all of you constantly stay in this colour at this benevolent confluence age. 91You remain coloured with the company, do you not?
88रंग लगाया है ना ! raṅg lagāyā hai nā ! raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā ! (x[root]|colour) attach[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ !
92You have coloured yourselves, have you not?
89संग का रंग लग गया और होली इंगलिश में पवित्रता को कहा जाता है . saṅg kā raṅg lag gayā aur hōlī|holy english mē̃ pavitratā kō kahā jātā hai . saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] aur hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] english mē̃[postp.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . company of (x[root]|colour) x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] and (Holi|holy) english in purity to (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .
93You have been coloured by the colour of the company; in English, holy is said to be purity.
90तो संग के रंग में आप होली अर्थात् पवित्र बनते हो . tō saṅg K|kē raṅg mē̃ āp hōlī|holy arthāt pavitra bantē hō . tō saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] arthāt pavitr[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2] . then company (K|of) (x[root]|colour) in you (Holi|holy) that is pure become[pres.pl.m.2] .
94So, you become holy, that is, pure in the colour of the company.
91पवित्र बने हैं ना ! pavitra banē haĩ nā ! pavitr[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! pure become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ !
95You have become pure, have you not?
92पवित्रता का व्रत सभी ने लिया है ना पक्का ! pavitratā kā vrat sabhī nē liyā hai nā pakkā ! pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vrat[x] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] lēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! purity of fast all ∅ take[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ firm !
96All of you are observing the vow of purity, are you not? 97Is this firm?
93नम्बरवार भले हैं लेकिन ब्राह्मण बनना अर्थात् पवित्रता का व्रत लेना क्योंकि बाप सदा पवित्र है . number-vār bhalē haĩ lēkin brāhmaṇ bannā arthāt pavitratā kā vrat lēnā kyōṅki bāp sadā pavitra hai . number-wār bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vrat[x] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā pavitr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . numberwise benefit be[pres.pl.12hon3] but Brahmin become[inf.m.sg.d.] that is purity of fast take[inf.m.sg.d.] because father constantly pure be[pres.sg.23] .
98You may be numberwise, but to be a Brahmin means to make a vow of purity because the Father is ever pure.
94है ही पवित्र स्वरूप . hai hī pavitra svarūp . hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] pavitr[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] . be[pres.sg.23] only pure form .
99He is the form of purity.
95बनना नहीं पड़ता . bannā nahī̃ paṛtā . bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . become[inf.m.sg.d.] not fall[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
100He does not have to become that.
96स्वरूप ही पवित्रता है . svarūp hī pavitratā hai . svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . form only purity be[pres.sg.23] .
101His form is that of purity.
97तो होली की विशेषता जानते हो क्या है ? tō hōlī|holy key|kī viśhēṣhtā jāntē hō kyā hai ? tō hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then (Holi|holy) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speciality know[pres.pl.m.2] what be[pres.sg.23] ?
102So, do you know what the speciality of Holi is?
98पवित्र तो आप बनते हो लेकिन आप संग के रंग में डबल पवित्र बनते हो . pavitra tō āp bantē hō lēkin āp saṅg K|kē raṅg mē̃ double pavitra bantē hō . pavitr[adj.] tō āp[pn.pl.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] double pavitr[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2] . pure then you become[pres.pl.m.2] but you company (K|of) (x[root]|colour) in double pure become[pres.pl.m.2] .
103You become pure but, in the colour of the company, you become double pure.
99पवित्र धर्म पितायें , महान आत्मायें बनते हैं लेकिन वह सिर्फ आत्मा को पवित्र बनाते हैं . pavitra dharm pitāyē̃ , mahān ātmāyē̃ bantē haĩ lēkin vah sirph ātmā kō pavitra banātē haĩ . pavitr[adj.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] pitā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , mahān, mahā[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin vah[pn.sg.d.] sirph[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] pavitra banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . pure religion father , great soul become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but that only soul to x .
104Founders of religions and great souls become pure, but they only make their souls pure.
100शरीर और आत्मा दोनों ही पवित्र वह आप भविष्य में बनते हो . śharīr aur ātmā dōnō̃ hī pavitra vah āp bhaviṣhya mē̃ bantē hō . śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur ātmā[n.f.;sg.] dōnō̃ hī[p.] pavitr[adj.] vah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2] . body and soul x only pure that you future in become[pres.pl.m.2] .
105You become pure with body and mind in the future.
101शुरू से लेके देखो द्वापर से जो भी आये हैं पवित्र बने हैं लेकिन डबल पवित्र कोई नहीं बना है . śhurū sē lēkē dēkhō dvāpar sē jō bhī āyē haĩ pavitra banē haĩ lēkin double pavitra kōī nahī̃ banā hai . śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] dvāpar sē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] pavitr[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin double pavitr[adj.] kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . beginning from take[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] copper age from that too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] pure become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but double pure some not become[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . 102शरीर भी पवित्र आत्मा भी पवित्र . śharīr bhī pavitra ātmā bhī pavitra . śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] pavitr[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] pavitr[adj.] . body too pure soul too pure .
106From the beginning, all those who have come from the copper age can make effort to become pure, but no one has become double pure: pure body and pure soul.
103आप जब भविष्य में राज्य अधिकारी बनेंगे तो आत्मा और शरीर दोनों पवित्र होंगे . āp jab bhaviṣhya mē̃ rājya adhikārī banē̃gē tō ātmā aur śharīr dōnō̃ pavitra hōṅgē . āp[pn.pl.] jab bhaviṣhya[adj.] mē̃[postp.] rājya adhikārī[x] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō ātmā[n.f.;sg.] aur śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ pavitr[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . you when future in master become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then soul and body x pure be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
107When you have a right to the kingdom in the future, then both the soul and the body will be pure.
104सारा चक्र घूमो . sārā chakra ghūmō . sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] ghūmnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . the whole (cycle|x) walk around[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
108Go around the whole cycle.
105द्वापर से आये हैं , द्वापर से अब तक देखो , कोई डबल पवित्र बना है ! dvāpar sē āyē haĩ , dvāpar sē ab tak dēkhō , kōī double pavitra banā hai ! dvāpar sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , dvāpar sē[postp.] ab[adv.] tak dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kōī[pn.;d.] double pavitra banānā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! copper age from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , copper age from now until see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , some double x be[pres.sg.23] !
109Those who have come from the copper age - from the copper age till now, has anyone become double pure?
106तो क्यों आप डबल पवित्र , इतने महान बने हैं ? tō kyō̃ āp double pavitra , itnē mahān banē haĩ ? tō kyō̃ āp[pn.pl.] double pavitr[adj.] , itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mahān, mahā[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? then why you double pure , such great become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
110So, how did you become double pure and so great?
107क्योंकि आपको रंग कौनसा लगा है ? kyōṅki āpkō raṅg kaunsā lagā hai ? kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.kō] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? because you[.kō] (x[root]|colour) which x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
111What colour are you coloured with?
108परमात्मा के संग का रंग लगा है . paramātmā K|kē saṅg kā raṅg lagā hai . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . Supreme Soul (K|of) company of (x[root]|colour) x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
112You are coloured with the colour of God's company.
109तो जैसे परम आत्मा पवित्र है तो आप भी 21 जन्म डबल पवित्र रहते हो . tō jaisē param ātmā pavitra hai tō āp bhī 21 janm double pavitra rahtē hō . tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] param[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] pavitr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] double pavitr[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] . then like Supreme soul pure be[pres.sg.23] then you too 21 (life|be born[root]) double pure remain[pres.pl.m.2] .
113So, just as the Supreme Soul is pure, so you also remain double pure for 21 births.
110चाहे धर्मपिता आये लेकिन वह भी डबल पवित्र नहीं . chāhē dharmpitā āyē lēkin vah bhī double pavitra nahī̃ . chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dharm-pitā[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] double pavitr[adj.] nahī̃[neg] . (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) founder father (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) but that too double pure not .
114Even the founders of religions who came are not double pure.
111आपका भाग्य है क्योंकि आप रहते ही परमात्मा के संग में हो . āpkā bhāgya hai kyōṅki āp rahtē hī paramātmā K|kē saṅg mē̃ hō . āp[pn.pl.kā] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you[.kā] x be[pres.sg.23] because you remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only Supreme Soul (K|of) company in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
115This is your fortune because you stay in God's company.
112संग का रंग इतना पक्का रहता है जो डबल पवित्र बन जाते हो . saṅg kā raṅg itnā pakkā rahtā hai jō double pavitra ban jātē hō . saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] jō[pn.;d.] double pavitr[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . company of (x[root]|colour) such firm remain[pres.sg.m.23] that double pure become[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .
116You stay in the colour of the company so strongly that you become double pure.
113और होली का दूसरा अर्थ है हो ली . aur hōlī|holy kā dūsrā arth|earth hai hō lī . aur hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] . and (Holi|holy) of other (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] be[past-part.f..root+lēnā] .
117Another meaning of Holi is "ho li" (it has happened).
114हो गया , जो बीता सो बीता . hō gayā , jō bītā sō bītā . hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , jō[pn.;d.] bītnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] sōnā[root]|sō bītnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , that pass[past-part.m.sg.d.] (sleep[root]|x) pass[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 115हो ली . hō lī . hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] . be[past-part.f..root+lēnā] .
118It has happened, the past is the past; it is the past.
116तो हो ली करना आता है ? tō hō lī karnā ātā hai ? tō hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? then be[past-part.f..root+lēnā] do[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
119Do you know how to let the past be the past?
117जो हो चुका वह हो चुका . jō hō chukā vah hō chukā . jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] chuknā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|chukānā[root] vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] chuknā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|chukānā[root] . that (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) that (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) .
120Whatever has happened has happened.
118हो ली शब्द का अर्थ क्या निकलता ? hō lī śhabda kā arth|earth kyā nikaltā ? hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth kyā nikalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ? be[past-part.f..root+lēnā] word of (meaning|earth) what be extracted[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ?
121What is the meaning of the words "ho li"?
119बीती सो बीती . bītī sō bītī . bītnā[past-part.f.]|bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sōnā[root]|sō bītnā[past-part.f.]|bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . (pass[past-part.f.]|past) (sleep[root]|x) (pass[past-part.f.]|past) .
122The past is the past.
120इससे आप डबल होली 21 जन्म रहते हो . issē āp double hōlī|holy 21 janm rahtē hō . yah[pn.sg.sē] āp[pn.pl.] double hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] . this[.sē] you double (Holi|holy) 21 (life|be born[root]) remain[pres.pl.m.2] . 121एक जन्म नहीं क्योंकि संगम के एक एक सेकण्ड का कनेक्शन 21 जन्मों का है . ēk janm nahī̃ kyōṅki saṅgam K|kē ēk ēk second kā connection 21 janmō̃ kā hai . ēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] nahī̃[neg] kyōṅki saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] second kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] connection 21 janm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one (life|be born[root]) not because confluence (K|of) one one second of connection 21 life of be[pres.sg.23] .
123Through that, you remain double holy for 21 births, not just for one birth because every second of the confluence age has a connection with 21 births.
122यहाँ आपने अगर एक सेकण्ड या एक मिनट सफल किया तो 21 जन्म आपका सफल रहेगा . yahā̃ āpnē agar ēk second yā ēk minute saphal kiyā tō 21 janm āpkā saphal rahēgā . yahā̃ āp[pn.pl.nē] agar ēk[adj.] second yā ēk[adj.] minute saphal[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] āp[pn.pl.kā] saphal[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] . here you[.nē] if one second or one minute successful do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then 21 (life|be born[root]) you[.kā] successful remain[fut.m.sg.23] .
124If you use one second or one minute in a worthwhile way here, then your births will be worthwhile.
123गैरन्टी है . guarantee hai . guarantee hōnā[pres.sg.23] . guarantee be[pres.sg.23] .
125That is a guarantee.
124तो ऐसी होली मनाई है ? tō aisī hōlī|holy manāī hai ? tō aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? then such (Holi|holy) celebrate[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
126So, did you celebrate such a Holi?
125होली करना आता है ? hōlī|holy karnā ātā hai ? hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? (Holi|holy) do[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
127Do you know how to let the past be the past?
126जो बीता वह बीत गया , हो ली . jō bītā vah bīt gayā , hō lī . jō[pn.;d.] bītnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] bītnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] . that pass[past-part.m.sg.d.] that pass[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , be[past-part.f..root+lēnā] .
128Whatever has happened in the past has happened.
127और तीसरी रूप रेखा क्या करते हैं ? aur tīsrī rūp rēkhā kyā kartē haĩ ? aur tīsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] rēkhā[n.f.;sg.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? and third Rup line what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
129So, what is the third thing that they do?
128पहले जलाते हैं फिर मनाते हैं . pahlē jalātē haĩ phir manātē haĩ . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] jalānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (x|firstly) burn[pres.pl.m.12hon3] (then|turn[root]) celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
130First, they burn and then they celebrate.
129तो आपने क्या किया ? tō āpnē kyā kiyā ? tō āp[pn.pl.nē] kyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then you[.nē] what do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
131So what did you do?
130योग अग्नि से अपने कमज़ोरियों को , संस्कारों को जो अनेक जन्मों के उल्टे संस्कार हैं उसको योग अग्नि से जलाया है ना ! yōg agni sē apnē kamzōriyō̃ kō , saṅskārō̃ kō jō anēk janmō̃ K|kē ulṭē saṅskār haĩ uskō yōg agni sē jalāyā hai nā ! yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] agni[x] sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] anēk[adj.] janm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ulṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kō] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] agni[x] sē[postp.] jalānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā ! yoga fire from one’s own weakness to , sanskar to that many life (K|of) upside down sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kō] yoga fire from burn[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ !
132With the fire of yoga, you burnt your weaknesses and sanskars, which had been wrong sanskars for many births, did you not?
131जलाया है कि अभी भी जला रहे हैं ? jalāyā hai ki abhī bhī jalā rahē haĩ ? jalānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] jalānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ? burn[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that now too burn[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ?
133Have you already burnt them or are you still burning them?
132जलाया है ? jalāyā hai ? jalānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? burn[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
134Have you burnt them?
133जो समझते हैं हमने योग अग्नि से अपने पहले के संस्कार जलाया है , जल गये वह हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ hamnē yōg agni sē apnē pahlē K|kē saṅskār jalāyā hai , jal gayē vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.nē] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] agni[x] sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] jalānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , jalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we[.nē] yoga fire from one’s own (x|firstly) (K|of) sanskar burn[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , x[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] that raise your hands .
135Those of you who think that you have burnt your sanskars with the fire of yoga and that they are now burnt, raise your hands!
134जल गये कि अभी भी आते हैं ? jal gayē ki abhī bhī ātē haĩ ? jalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? x[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] that now too come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
136Have they been burnt or do they still come back?
135थोड़ा-थोड़ा तो आते हैं ? thōṛā-thōṛā tō ātē haĩ ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? short then come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
137Do they come back a little?
136बापदादा के पास जब अपना चार्ट भेजते हैं ना तो कहते हैं बहुत तो चले गये , चतुर हैं ना कहने में . bāpdādā kē pās jab apnā chart bhējtē haĩ nā tō kahtē haĩ bahut tō chalē gayē , chatur haĩ nā kahnē mē̃ . bāpdādā kē pās[x] jab apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] chart bhējnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bahut tō chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..past-part+jānā]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive] , chatur[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] . BapDada to when (one’s own|adopt[root]) chart x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] very then (continue[past-part.m.pl.,o..past-part+jānā]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive]) , x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ say[inf.m.pl.,o.] in .
138When you send your chart to BapDada, you say that the majority of them are gone. 139You are clever in saying this.
137कहते हैं बहुत तो खत्म हो गये , कभी-कभी थोड़ा इमर्ज हो जाता है . kahtē haĩ bahut tō khatm hō gayē , kabhī-kabhī thōṛā emerge hō jātā hai . kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bahut tō ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , kabhī[adv.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] emerge hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] very then finished be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , ever short emerge be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
140You say that the majority have finished, but that they sometimes emerge a little.
138लेकिन जलना माना जलना . lēkin jalnā mānā jalnā . lēkin jalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|mānā jalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . but x[inf.m.sg.d.] (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|means) x[inf.m.sg.d.] . 139जलने के बाद नाम निशान ही नहीं रहता . jalnē kē bād nām niśhān hī nahī̃ rahtā . jalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bād[x] nām niśhān[x] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . x[inf.m.pl.,o.] after x only not remain[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
141However, to burn means to burn, because after something is burnt, no name or trace of it remains.
140मारने के बाद शरीर का यादगार तो दिखाई देता है , लेकिन जलने के बाद समाप्त हो जाता है . mārnē kē bād śharīr kā yādgār tō dikhāī dētā hai , lēkin jalnē kē bād samāpt hō jātā hai . mārnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bād[x] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yādgār[x] tō dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , lēkin jalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bād[x] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . beat[inf.m.pl.,o.] after body of memorial then be visible , but x[inf.m.pl.,o.] after finished be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
142After something is killed, there is still the memorial in the form of the body that is visible, but, after it is burnt, it is completely finished.
141जैसे रावण को भी देखो सिर्फ मारा नहीं जलाया भी . jaisē rāvaṇ kō bhī dēkhō sirph mārā nahī̃ jalāyā bhī . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sirph[adj.] mārnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] jalānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] . like Ravan to too see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] only beat[past-part.m.sg.d.] not burn[past-part.m.sg.d.] too . 142जो बिल्कुल नाम निशान खत्म . jō bilkul nām niśhān khatm . jō[pn.;d.] bilkul[adv.] nām niśhān[x] ḵẖatm[adj.] . that at all x finished .
143For instance, look at Ravan, he was not just killed, but also burnt so that all name and trace was completely finished.
143तो आप भी सब अपने को नोट करो संस्कारों को मारा है या जलाया है ? tō āp bhī sab apnē kō note karō saṅskārō̃ kō mārā hai yā jalāyā hai ? tō āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] sab[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] note karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] mārnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] yā jalānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? then you too all one’s own to note do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sanskar to beat[pres-perf.sg.m.23] or burn[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
144So, all of you should also note down whether you have just killed your sanskars or whether you have burnt them.
144भस्म किया है ? bhasma kiyā hai ? bhasma karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? x ?
145Have you burnt them?
145पुराने संस्कार को अगर जलाया नहीं , तो बीच-बीच में इमर्ज हो जाते हैं . purānē saṅskār kō agar jalāyā nahī̃ , tō bīch-bīch mē̃ emerge hō jātē haĩ . purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] agar jalānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , tō bīch-bīch mē̃[x] emerge hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . old sanskar to if burn[past-part.m.sg.d.] not , then Every now and then emerge be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
146If you have not burnt your old sanskars, they will emerge every now and again.
146लेकिन भक्तों ने कॉपी सब की है . lēkin bhaktō̃ nē copy sab kī hai . lēkin bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] copy sab[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . but devotee ∅ copy all do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
147However, the devotees have copied everything.
147आप जलाते हो वह भी जलाते हैं फिर मनाते हैं . āp jalātē hō vah bhī jalātē haĩ phir manātē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] jalānā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] jalānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . you burn[pres.pl.m.2] that too burn[pres.pl.m.12hon3] (then|turn[root]) celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
148You burnt them and so they also burn everything and then celebrate.
148बिना जलाने के मनाते नहीं हैं . binā jalānē K|kē manātē nahī̃ haĩ . binā jalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] manānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . without burn[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) celebrate[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
149They do not celebrate anything without first burning it.
149तो आप तो संस्कारों को जलाते हुए होली बन गये हो . tō āp tō saṅskārō̃ kō jalātē huē hōlī|holy ban gayē hō . tō āp[pn.pl.] tō saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] jalānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . then you then sanskar to burn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (Holi|holy) become[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .
150You have become holy by burning your sanskars.
150कोई बन रहे हो , कोई बन गये हो . kōī ban rahē hō , kōī ban gayē hō . kōī[pn.;d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , kōī[pn.;d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . some become[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , some become[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .
151Some are becoming that and some have already become that.
151तो आपने होली मनाई ? tō āpnē hōlī|holy manāī ? tō āp[pn.pl.nē] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[past-part.f.] ? then you[.nē] (Holi|holy) celebrate[past-part.f.] ?
152So, did you celebrate Holi?
152बाप के संग के रंग की . bāp K|kē saṅg K|kē raṅg key|kī . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] . father (K|of) company (K|of) (x[root]|colour) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) .
153That of the colour of the Father's company.
153अभी संग में बैठे हो ना तो संग के रंग की होली मना ली ना ! abhī saṅg mē̃ baiṭhē hō nā tō saṅg K|kē raṅg key|kī hōlī|holy manā lī nā ! ab[adv.hī] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā tō saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] nā ! now company in sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅ then company (K|of) (x[root]|colour) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (Holi|holy) celebrate[past-part.f..root+lēnā] ∅ !
154You are now sitting in His company and so you celebrated the Holi of the colour of His company, did you not?
154मनाई ? manāī ? manānā[past-part.f.] ? celebrate[past-part.f.] ?
155Did you celebrate it?
155हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
156Raise your hands!
156मना ली . manā lī . manānā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] . celebrate[past-part.f..root+lēnā] .
157You celebrated it.
157होली मनाना अर्थात् होली बनना , पवित्र बनना . hōlī|holy manānā arthāt hōlī|holy bannā , pavitra bannā . hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , pavitr[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] that is (Holi|holy) become[inf.m.sg.d.] , pure become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
158To celebrate Holi means to become holy, to become pure.
158जैसे बाप वैसे बच्चे हैं . jaisē bāp vaisē bachchē haĩ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . like father x child be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
159As is the Father, so are the children.
159अगर मानों आपका कोई संस्कार जो जला नहीं है , इमर्ज हो जाता है तो अच्छा लगता है ? agar mānō̃ āpkā kōī saṅskār jō jalā nahī̃ hai , emerge hō jātā hai tō achchhā lagtā hai ? agar mānō̃ āp[pn.pl.kā] kōī[pn.;d.] saṅskār[x] jō[pn.;d.] jalānā[root]|jalnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , emerge hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] tō achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? if just consider you[.kā] some sanskar that (burn[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) not be[pres.sg.23] , emerge be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] then enjoy ?
160If, for instance, a sanskar that is not burnt emerges again, would you like it?
160संकल्प आता है ना कि अभी तीव्र पुरूषार्थ से इसको जलाना ही है . saṅkalp ātā hai nā ki abhī tīvr purūṣhārth sē iskō jalānā hī hai . saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.kō] jalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . thought come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ that now intense effort from this[.kō] burn[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
161You have the thought that, you definitely have to burn it with intense effort.
161मारना नहीं है , क्या है कोई-कोई संस्कार को मारा है , तो मरे हुए में कभी जान फिर से आ जाती है . mārnā nahī̃ hai , kyā hai kōī-kōī saṅskār kō mārā hai , tō marē huē mē̃ kabhī jān phir sē ā jātī hai . mārnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] kōī[pn.;d.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] mārnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , tō marnā[opt.sg.23]|marnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] kabhī[adv.] jānnā[root]|jān[n.m.;sg.,d.] phir sē[x] ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . beat[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] , what be[pres.sg.23] some sanskar to beat[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , then (die[opt.sg.23]|die[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] in ever (know[root]|x) again come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
162You do not just have to kill it. 163In some cases, you have just killed that sanskar, and that which is killed sometimes takes new life.
162अगर जला दो तो फिर कभी नहीं आयेगा . agar jalā dō tō phir kabhī nahī̃ āyēgā . agar jalānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] tō phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . if burn[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] then (then|turn[root]) ever not come[fut.m.sg.23] .
164However, if you burn it, it will never emerge again.
163तो आज जलाना है या मारा हुआ ही ठीक है ? tō āj jalānā hai yā mārā huā hī ṭhīk hai ? tō āj jalānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yā mārnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then today burn[pres.sg.23.oblig1] or beat[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] only OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
165So, today, are you going to burn them or is it fine just to kill them?
164जलाने की शक्ति है ? jalānē key|kī śhakti hai ? jalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? burn[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti be[pres.sg.23] ?
166Do you have the power to burn them?
165है शक्ति ? hai śhakti ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ? be[pres.sg.23] Shakti ?
167Do you have this power?
166संकल्प कर सकते हैं ? saṅkalp kar saktē haĩ ? saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ? thought do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ?
168Can you have this thought?
167कई कहते हैं बापदादा से रूहरिहान करते हैं ना . kaī kahtē haĩ bāpdādā sē rūhrihān kartē haĩ nā . kaī kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bāpdādā sē[postp.] rūhrihān[x] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . some say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] BapDada from spiritual conversation do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
169Some say that they have heart-to-heart conversations with BapDada.
168बहुत मीठी मीठी रूहरिहान करते हैं , कहते हैं बाबा हमने तो बहुत कोशिश की , फिर फिर आ जाता है . bahut mīṭhī mīṭhī rūhrihān kartē haĩ , kahtē haĩ bābā hamnē tō bahut kōśhiśh key|kī , phir phir ā jātā hai . bahut mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rūhrihān[x] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bābā ham[pn.pl.nē] tō bahut kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] phirnā[root.root+ānā] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . very sweet sweet spiritual conversation do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] Baba we[.nē] then very try (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , (then|turn[root]) turn[root.root+ānā] go[pres.sg.m.23] .
170They have very sweet heart-to-heart conversations. 171They say: Baba, I tried a lot, but they emerge again.
169चाहता नहीं हूँ लेकिन आ जाता है . chāhtā nahī̃ hū̃ lēkin ā jātā hai . chāhnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.1] lēkin ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.1] but come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
172I don't want them to, but they emerge again.
170कारण पता है ? kāraṇ patā hai ? kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? because knowledge be[pres.sg.23] ?
173Do you know what the reason is for this?
171जलाते हो , बापदादा देखते हैं , पुरूषार्थ बहुत करते हैं लेकिन पुरूषार्थ के साथ दृढ़ संकल्प की आवश्यकता है . jalātē hō , bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ , purūṣhārth bahut kartē haĩ lēkin purūṣhārth kē sāth dr̥iṛh saṅkalp key|kī āvaśhyaktā hai . jalānā[pres.pl.m.2] , bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , puruṣhārth bahut karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin puruṣhārth kē sāth[x] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . burn[pres.pl.m.2] , BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , effort very do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but effort with determined thought (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) need be[pres.sg.23] .
174You burn them, and BapDada sees this. 175You make a lot of effort, but, together with that effort, you also need to have determined thoughts.
172दृढ़ता सफलता की चाबी है . dr̥iṛhtā saphaltā key|kī chābī hai . dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . determination success (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) key be[pres.sg.23] .
176Determination is the key to success.
173जो दृढ़ संकल्प किया जाता है , दृढ़ का अर्थ ही है फिर वापस नहीं आयेगा . jō dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kiyā jātā hai , dr̥iṛh kā arth|earth hī hai phir vāpas nahī̃ āyēgā . jō[pn.;d.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|karnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] , dr̥iṛh[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] vāpis, vāpas nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . that determined thought (do[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|do[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) , determined of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] (then|turn[root]) back not come[fut.m.sg.23] .
177Whatever determined thought you have, "determined" means that it does not come back again.
174फिर पता है बहुत मीठी मीठी बातें करते हैं . phir patā hai bahut mīṭhī mīṭhī bātē̃ kartē haĩ . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bahut mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (then|turn[root]) knowledge be[pres.sg.23] very sweet sweet matter do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
178Then, you know - you speak of very sweet things.
175जब फिर आ जाता है ना तो क्या कहते हैं ? jab phir ā jātā hai nā tō kyā kahtē haĩ ? jab phirnā[root.root+ānā] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā tō kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? when turn[root.root+ānā] go[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ then what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
179Do you know what you say when they come again?
176रूहरिहान तो सभी करते हैं ना ! rūhrihān tō sabhī kartē haĩ nā ! rūhrihān[x] tō sab[adv.hī] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! spiritual conversation then all do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ !
180All of you have this heart-to-heart conversation, do you not?
177बहुत मीठी रूहरिहान करते हैं कहते हैं चाहते तो नहीं है , आ जाता है . bahut mīṭhī rūhrihān kartē haĩ kahtē haĩ chāhtē tō nahī̃ hai , ā jātā hai . bahut mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rūhrihān[x] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . very sweet spiritual conversation do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then not be[pres.sg.23] , come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
181You have a very sweet heart-to-heart conversation. 182You say: I don't want it to come, but it comes.
178तो शक्ति कम है ना ! tō śhakti cum|kam hai nā ! tō śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! then Shakti (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ! 179दृढ़ता कम है ना ! dr̥iṛhtā cum|kam hai nā ! dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! determination (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
183So, this means that you don't have that much power or determination.
180दृढ़ संकल्पधारी बनो . dr̥iṛh saṅkalpdhārī banō . dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalpdhārī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . determined x become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 181करना ही है . karnā hī hai . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
184Become one who has determined thoughts: I have to do this.
182और उस दृढ़ संकल्प को रोज़ चेक करो किस कारण से फिर दृढ़ता में कमज़ोरी आई ? aur us dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kō rōz check karō kis kāraṇ sē phir dr̥iṛhtā mē̃ kamzōrī I|āī|eye ? aur vah[pn.sg.o.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] rōz check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] I|ānā[past-part.f.]|eye ? and that determined thought to day check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (who|what) because from (then|turn[root]) determination in weakness (x|come[past-part.f.]|eye) ? 183और उस सरकमस्टांश के ऊपर विशेष अटेन्शन देते रहो कि यह फिर से नहीं आवे . aur us circumstance kē ūpar viśhēṣh attention dētē rahō ki yah phir sē nahī̃ āvē . aur vah[pn.sg.o.] circumstance kē ūpar[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] attention dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] phir sē[x] nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.sg.23] . and that circumstances over special attention give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] that this again not come[opt.sg.23] .
185Then check daily that determined thought and see what the reason is for weakness in that determination, and continue to pay special attention to that circumstance so that it does not emerge again.
184मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान के सीट पर बैठके उस संकल्प को , संस्कार को समाप्त करो . master sarvśhaktivān K|kē seat par baiṭhkē us saṅkalp kō , saṅskār kō samāpt karō . master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[abs.] vah[pn.sg.o.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] , saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] samāpt karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . master Almighty Authority (K|of) seat (at|other) sit[abs.] that thought to , sanskar to x .
186Sit on the seat of a master almighty authority and have a thought to finish that sanskar and then finish it!
185कई बच्चे कहते हैं कि हम कई बार अनुभव करते हैं कि कभी-कभी जब कोई शक्ति चाहते हैं ना तो उस समय पर वो शक्ति नहीं आती . kaī bachchē kahtē haĩ ki ham kaī bār anubhav kartē haĩ ki kabhī-kabhī jab kōī śhakti chāhtē haĩ nā tō us samay par vō śhakti nahī̃ ātī . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] kaī bār[n.f.;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] jab kōī[pn.;d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] vah[pn.;d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.f.] . some child say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that we some time experience do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that ever when some Shakti x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then that time (at|other) that Shakti not come[pres-part.f.] .
187Some children say that they sometimes experience a particular power not coming at the time when they want it.
186वैसे शक्ति है लेकिन समय पर कभी शक्ति को इमर्ज करते हैं ना तो भी नहीं आती . vaisē śhakti hai lēkin samay par kabhī śhakti kō emerge kartē haĩ nā tō bhī nahī̃ ātī . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kabhī[adv.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] emerge karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.f.] . x Shakti be[pres.sg.23] but time (at|other) ever Shakti to emerge do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ ∅ not come[pres-part.f.] .
188They do have the powers, but sometimes, when they want to make a particular power emerge at a certain time, it doesn't come.
187है मास्टर सर्वशक्तिमान . hai master sarvśhaktimān . hōnā[pres.sg.23] master sarvśhaktimān[adj.] . be[pres.sg.23] master almighty authorities .
189You are master almighty authorities.
188टाइटिल क्या है आपका ? title kyā hai āpkā ? title kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.kā] ? title what be[pres.sg.23] you[.kā] ?
190What is your title?
189मास्टर सर्वशक्तिमान और कहते क्या हैं ? master sarvśhaktimān aur kahtē kyā haĩ ? master sarvśhaktimān[adj.] aur kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyā hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? master almighty authorities and say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] what be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
191Master almighty authorities. 192And, what do you say?
190शक्ति समय पर नहीं आती . śhakti samay par nahī̃ ātī . śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.f.] . Shakti time (at|other) not come[pres-part.f.] .
193That that power does not appear at that time.
191कारण ? kāraṇ ? kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? because ?
194What is the reason for that?
192अपने मास्टर सर्वशक्तिमान की सीट पर सेट नहीं होते . apnē master sarvśhaktimān key|kī seat par set nahī̃ hōtē . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] master sarvśhaktimān[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] set nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . one’s own master almighty authorities (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) seat (at|other) set not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
195You are not seated on the seat of a master almighty authority, one with all powers.
193अभी दफ्तर में भी जाओ तो जो करने वाले को अथॉरिटी होगी वह आर्डर करेगा तो मानते हैं ना . abhī daphtar mē̃ bhī jāō tō jō karnē vālē kō authority hōgī vah order karēgā tō māntē haĩ nā . ab[adv.hī] daphtar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō jō[pn.;d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] authority hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] order karnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō mānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . now x in too go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then that do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to authority be[fut.f.sg.23] that order do[fut.m.sg.23] then x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
196Even now, if you go to the office, you have to obey those who issue orders with that authority, do you not?
194ऐसा दूसरा कोई कहे तो मानेंगे क्या ? aisā dūsrā kōī kahē tō mānē̃gē kyā ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] kahnā[opt.sg.23]|kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō mānnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyā ? such other some (say[opt.sg.23]|say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] what ?
197Would you obey someone else who might give you those orders?
195तो आपकी सीट है मास्टर सर्वशक्तिमान . tō āpkī seat hai master sarvśhaktimān . tō āp[pn.pl.kī] seat hōnā[pres.sg.23] master sarvśhaktimān[adj.] . then you[.kī] seat be[pres.sg.23] master almighty authorities .
198Your seat is that of a master almighty authority.
196उस सीट पर सेट नहीं होते तो आह्वान करते भी शक्ति समय पर नहीं आती . us seat par set nahī̃ hōtē tō āhvān kartē bhī śhakti samay par nahī̃ ātī . vah[pn.sg.o.] seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] set nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō āhvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.f.] . that seat (at|other) set not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then invocation do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too Shakti time (at|other) not come[pres-part.f.] .
199When you are not seated on that seat, then, even if you invoke a power, it will not come at that time.
197इसके लिए बापदादा ने बार-बार कहा है अपने मन को बिजी रखो . iskē liē bāpdādā nē bār-bār kahā hai apnē man kō busy rakhō . yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē bāpdādā nē[postp.] bār[n.f.;sg.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] busy rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) BapDada ∅ time say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] one’s own mind to busy keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
200For this, BapDada has repeatedly told you to keep your mind busy.
198कभी किस शक्ति को सारे दिन में इमर्ज रखो . kabhī kis śhakti kō sārē din mē̃ emerge rakhō . kabhī[adv.] kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] emerge rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ever (who|what) Shakti to the whole day in emerge keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 199कभी किसी शक्ति को इमर्ज करके देखो कि उसकी ताकत क्या है ? kabhī kisī śhakti kō emerge karkē dēkhō ki uskī tākat kyā hai ? kabhī[adv.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] emerge karnā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] vah[pn.sg.kī] tākat[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? ever (some|anything) Shakti to emerge do[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that that[.kī] power what be[pres.sg.23] ?
201Throughout the day, make one power emerge and then sometimes make another power emerge and see what its strength is.
200ऐसे अनुभव करते रहेंगे , अपनी सीट पर सेट रहेंगे तो शक्ति आपके आगे सदा जी हाजिर होगी . aisē anubhav kartē rahē̃gē , apnī seat par set rahē̃gē tō śhakti āpkē āgē sadā jī hājir hōgī . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] set rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kē] āgē sadā jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] hāzir[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . such experience do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , one’s own seat (at|other) set remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then Shakti you[.kē] previously constantly (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji) present be[fut.f.sg.23] .
202If you continue to experience this and remain seated on your seat, the powers will then always be present in front of you.
201आपकी शक्ति है ना ! āpkī śhakti hai nā ! āp[pn.pl.kī] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! you[.kī] Shakti be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
203They are your powers, are they not?
202तो होली मनाई ? tō hōlī|holy manāī ? tō hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[past-part.f.] ? then (Holi|holy) celebrate[past-part.f.] ?
204So, did you celebrate Holi?
203आप तो सदा होली मनाते रहते . āp tō sadā hōlī|holy manātē rahtē . āp[pn.pl.] tō sadā hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . you then constantly (Holi|holy) celebrate[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
205You always continue to celebrate Holi.
204सदा बाप के संग का रंग लगाते ही रहते . sadā bāp K|kē saṅg kā raṅg lagātē hī rahtē . sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . constantly father (K|of) company of (x[root]|colour) attach[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
206You always colour yourself with the colour of the Father's company.
205रंग में रंगे हुए हैं ना ? raṅg mē̃ raṅgē huē haĩ nā ? raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] raṅgnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|raṅgnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā ? (x[root]|colour) in (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ ?
207You are coloured with that colour, are you not?
206अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
208Achcha.
207बापदादा का जो कार्य मिला है , उस कार्य को अगर कोई ने अभी तक नहीं भी किया है तो बापदादा विशेष एक सप्ताह देते हैं एकस्ट्रा . bāpdādā kā jō kārya milā hai , us kārya kō agar kōī nē abhī tak nahī̃ bhī kiyā hai tō bāpdādā viśhēṣh ēk saptāh dētē haĩ extra . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.o.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] agar kōī[pn.;d.] nē[postp.] ab[adv.hī] tak nahī̃[neg] bhī[p.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō bāpdādā viśhēṣh[adj.] ēk[adj.] saptāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] extra . BapDada of that task receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that task to if some ∅ now until not too do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then BapDada special one week give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] extra .
209If someone has not yet done the homework that BapDada has given, then BapDada is giving one extraweek.
208जो डेट है वह तो है लेकिन एक सप्ताह एकस्ट्रा देते हैं कि इस होमवर्क को पूरा करना ही है . jō date hai vah tō hai lēkin ēk saptāh extra dētē haĩ ki is homework kō pūrā karnā hī hai . jō[pn.;d.] date hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ēk[adj.] saptāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] extra dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] home work kō[postp.] pūrā karnā[x] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that date be[pres.sg.23] that then be[pres.sg.23] but one week extra give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this homework to make full only be[pres.sg.23] .
210The date that has already been given still stands, but you are now being given one extra week in which to definitely complete the homework.
209हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
211Is it possible?
210हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
212Is it possible?
211हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
213Raise your hands!
212करना पड़ेगा हाथ उठाया . karnā paṛēgā hāth uṭhāyā . karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] hāth uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] raise your hands .
214Since you have raised your hands, you will have to do it.
213हाथ ऐसा अच्छा उठाते हो जो बापदादा खुश हो जाता है लेकिन करना ही है क्योंकि अभी समय की गति को देख रहे हो . hāth aisā achchhā uṭhātē hō jō bāpdādā khuśh hō jātā hai lēkin karnā hī hai kyōṅki abhī samay key|kī gati kō dēkh rahē hō . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.2] jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] lēkin karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . hand such achcha uplift[pres.pl.m.2] that BapDada happy be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] but do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] because now time (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speed to see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
215You raise your hands so well that BapDada is pleased, but you also haveto do it because you can now see the speed of time.
214और बापदादा तो बहुत समय से अचानक की वारानिंग दे रहे हैं इसलिए अभी बापदादा हर बच्चे को एक स्वमान देते हैं - हर बच्चा दृढ़ संकल्पधारी विशेष आत्मा बनो . aur bāpdādā tō bahut samay sē achānak key|kī warning dē rahē haĩ isliē abhī bāpdādā her|har bachchē kō ēk svamān dētē haĩ - her|har bachchā dr̥iṛh saṅkalpdhārī viśhēṣh ātmā banō . aur bāpdādā tō bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] achānak key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] warning dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] isliē ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā her|harnā[root]|har bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] svamān[x] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - her|harnā[root]|har bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalpdhārī[adj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and BapDada then very time from suddenly (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) warning give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] therefore now BapDada (x|x[root]) child to one self-respect give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - (x|x[root]) child determined x special soul become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
216BapDada has been giving you the warning of "suddenly" for a long time. 217This is why BapDada is now giving each of you children this self-respect: Each child has to become a special soul with this determined thought.
215संकल्प किया और हुआ , इसको कहा जाता है दृढ़ संकल्प . saṅkalp kiyā aur huā , iskō kahā jātā hai dr̥iṛh saṅkalp . saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] . thought do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) determined thought .
218You have a thought and it happens: this is known as a determined thought.
216कहते हैं दृढ़ संकल्प किया लेकिन दृढ़ता माना ही सफलता . kahtē haĩ dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kiyā lēkin dr̥iṛhtā mānā hī saphaltā . kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|mānā hī[p.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] . say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] determined thought do[past-part.m.sg.d.] but determination (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|means) only success .
219Some of you say that you had a determined thought, but determination means success.
217अगर सफलता नहीं है तो दृढ़ता नहीं कहेंगे . agar saphaltā nahī̃ hai tō dr̥iṛhtā nahī̃ kahē̃gē . agar saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . if success not be[pres.sg.23] then determination not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
220If you do not have success, it cannot be said to be determination.
218तो अभी दृढ़ता भव ! tō abhī dr̥iṛhtā bhav ! tō ab[adv.hī] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] bhav|bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] ! then now determination (may you be|x) !
221So, now, may you have determination!
219यह अपना विशेष स्वमान रोज़ अमृतवेले स्मृति में लाना और उस विधि पूर्वक आगे बढ़ना . yah apnā viśhēṣh svamān rōz amr̥itvēlē smr̥iti mē̃ lānā aur us vidhi pūrvak āgē baṛhnā . yah[pn.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] viśhēṣh[adj.] svamān[x] rōz amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur vah[pn.sg.o.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrvak āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this (one’s own|adopt[root]) special self-respect day amrit vela awareness in x[inf.m.sg.d.] and that method according to previously grow[inf.m.sg.d.] .
222Bring this special self-respect into your awareness every day at amrit vela and continue to move forward with this method.
220अभी दो टर्न हैं , इन दो टर्न में क्या करेंगे ? abhī dō turn haĩ , in dō turn mē̃ kyā karē̃gē ? ab[adv.hī] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] tum hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.pl.o.]|in dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] tum mē̃[postp.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? now (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) you be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (this|in) (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) you in what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
223Now, two turns still remain and so what will you do in these two turns?
221क्या करेंगे ? kyā karē̃gē ? kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
224What will you do?
222बोलो . bōlō . bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
225Speak!
223पहली लाइन बोलो क्या करेंगे ? pahlī line bōlō kyā karē̃gē ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? x line speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
226Those sitting in the front row, speak! 227What will you do?
224करना ही है . karnā hī hai . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] . 225करेंगे नहीं , करना ही है . karē̃gē nahī̃ , karnā hī hai . karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] , karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] not , do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
228You definitely do have to do it; not that you will do it at some point, but you do have to do it.
226बहुतकाल का बाप समान बनना , बहुत समय की प्राप्ति है . bahutkāl kā bāp samān bannā , bahut samay key|kī prāpti hai . bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . a long period of time of equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] , very time (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) attainment be[pres.sg.23] .
229To belong to the Father over a long period of time brings attainment over a long period of time.
227संगमयुग का समय बहुत प्यारा है , एक सेकण्ड नहीं है एक सेकण्ड एक वर्ष की प्राप्ति समान है इसलिए बापदादा कहते ही रहते हैं एक सेकण्ड भी व्यर्थ नहीं जाये . saṅgamyug kā samay bahut pyārā hai , ēk second nahī̃ hai ēk second ēk varṣh key|kī prāpti samān hai isliē bāpdādā kahtē hī rahtē haĩ ēk second bhī vyarth nahī̃ jāyē . saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] second nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ēk[adj.] second ēk[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] samān[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē bāpdādā kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ēk[adj.] second bhī[p.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . confluence age of time very loving be[pres.sg.23] , one second not be[pres.sg.23] one second one year (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) attainment equal be[pres.sg.23] therefore BapDada say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] one second too wasteful not go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
230The time of the confluence age is very lovely. 231A second is not just a second, but one second has the attainment of a year. 232This is why BapDada continues to say that not a single second should go to waste.
228एक संकल्प भी व्यर्थ नहीं जाये . ēk saṅkalp bhī vyarth nahī̃ jāyē . ēk[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . one thought too wasteful not go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
233Not a single thought should go to waste.
229समर्थ बनो और समर्थ बनाओ . samarth banō aur samarth banāō . samarth[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur samarth[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . powerful become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and powerful create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
234Become powerful and make others powerful.
230ठीक है ना ! ṭhīk hai nā ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
235Is this all right?
231ठीक है टीचर्स . ṭhīk hai teachers . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] teacher . OK be[pres.sg.23] teacher .
236Is this OK, teachers?
232टीचर्स कांध हिला रही हैं . teachers kāndh hilā rahī haĩ . teacher kāndh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] . teacher shoulder make fluctuate[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] .
237Teachers are nodding.
233बापदादा का टीचर्स के ऊपर बहुत प्यार है . bāpdādā kā teachers kē ūpar bahut pyār hai . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] teacher kē ūpar[x] bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada of teacher over very love be[pres.sg.23] .
238BapDada has a lot of love for the teachers.
234है तो सभी बच्चों के ऊपर फिर भी टीचर्स जिम्मेवार हैं ना ! hai tō sabhī bachchō̃ kē ūpar phir bhī teachers jimmēvār haĩ nā ! hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] phir bhī[x] teacher jimmēvār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ! be[pres.sg.23] then all child over nevertheless teacher x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
239He has love for everyone, but the teachers are responsible.
235बापदादा की दिल को पूर्ण करने वाली कौन ? bāpdādā key|kī dil kō pūrṇ karnē vālī kaun ? bāpdādā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pūrṇ[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? BapDada (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) heart to x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who who ?
240Who is going to fulfil BapDada's desires?
236कौन ? kaun ? kaun[pn.;d.] ? who ?
241Who?
237कहो हम टीचर्स . kahō ham teachers . kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ham[pn.pl.] teacher . say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] we teacher .
242You should say, "We teachers".
238हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
243Raise your hands!
239हाँ देखो कितनी टीचर्स हैं ? hā̃ dēkhō kitnī teachers haĩ ? hā̃ dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] teacher hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? yes see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so teacher be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
244Look, there are so many teachers!
240अरे वाह ! arē vāh ! arē vāh ! Oh! wah! !
245Wonderful!
241अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
246Achcha.
242होली भी मनाई अभी क्या करना है ? hōlī|holy bhī manāī abhī kyā karnā hai ? hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] bhī[p.] manānā[past-part.f.] ab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? (Holi|holy) too celebrate[past-part.f.] now what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
247You have also celebrated Holi, so what do we do now?
243सेवा का टर्न राजस्थान का है : छोटा नहीं है , बड़ा है राजस्थान . sēvā kā turn rājasthān kā hai : chhōṭā nahī̃ hai , baṛā hai rājasthān . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum rājasthān kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] : chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] rājasthān . service of you x of be[pres.sg.23] : small not be[pres.sg.23] , very be[pres.sg.23] x .
248It is the turn of Rajasthan to serve:(There were 4000 from Rajasthan.) 249It is not small, Rajasthan is big.
244आप कहो राजस्थान तो आबू का कमरा है . āp kahō rājasthān tō ābū kā kamrā hai . āp[pn.pl.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] rājasthān tō ābū kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kamrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x then Abu of x be[pres.sg.23] .
250You can say that Rajasthan is a room of Abu (being the headquarters).
245तो आबू बड़ा है ना उसका कमरा है तो बड़ा ही होगा ना . tō ābū baṛā hai nā uskā kamrā hai tō baṛā hī hōgā nā . tō ābū baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā vah[pn.sg.kā] kamrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . then Abu very be[pres.sg.23] ∅ that[.kā] x be[pres.sg.23] then very only be[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .
251Abu is big and so its room would also be big.
246बापदादा राजस्थान पर खुश है क्योंकि राजस्थान में बचपन से जो वहाँ निकली वह अभी तक अमर हैं . bāpdādā rājasthān par khuśh hai kyōṅki rājasthān mē̃ bachpan sē jō vahā̃ nikalī vah abhī tak amar haĩ . bāpdādā rājasthān par[postp.]|par[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki rājasthān mē̃[postp.] bachpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] vahā̃ nikalnā[past-part.f.] vah[pn.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] tak amar[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada x (at|other) happy be[pres.sg.23] because x in childhood from that there be extracted[past-part.f.] that now until immortal be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
252BapDada is pleased with Rajasthan because those who have emerged there from their childhood are immortal.
247सेवा में अमर हैं . sēvā mē̃ amar haĩ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] amar[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . service in immortal be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
253They are immortal in service.
248शरीर में नहीं , सेवा में . śharīr mē̃ nahī̃ , sēvā mē̃ . śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] . body in not , service in .
254Not with their bodies, but in service.
249और राजस्थान ने पहले-पहले आदि में वारिस क्वालिटी निकाली . aur rājasthān nē pahlē-pahlē ādi mē̃ vāris quality nikālī . aur rājasthān nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] ādi[adj.] mē̃[postp.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality nikālnā[past-part.f.] . and x ∅ (x|firstly) etc. in heir x x[past-part.f.] . 250जो बापदादा को उन वारिस क्वालिटी का दृष्टान्त देने में सहज था और जैसे गुजरात नजदीक है , ऐसे राजस्थान तो आबू का बड़ा कमरा है . jō bāpdādā kō un vāris quality kā dr̥iṣhṭānt dēnē mē̃ sahaj thā aur jaisē gujarāt najdīk hai , aisē rājasthān tō ābū kā baṛā kamrā hai . jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] vah[pn.pl.o.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dr̥iṣhṭānt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[past.m.sg] aur jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gujarāt nazdīk hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājasthān tō ābū kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kamrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that BapDada to that heir x of x give[inf.m.pl.,o.] in easy be[past.m.sg] and like Gujarat x be[pres.sg.23] , such x then Abu of very x be[pres.sg.23] .
255Heir-quality souls had emerged from Rajasthan in the beginning and so it was easy for BapDada to give the example of heir-quality souls; and, just as Gujarat is close, so, Rajasthan is a big room of Abu.
251जब भी बुलायें तो क्या कहेंगे ? jab bhī bulāyē̃ tō kyā kahē̃gē ? jab bhī[p.] bulānā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō kyā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? when too call[opt.pl.12hon3] then what say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
256What do you say whenever you are called?
252हाज़िर . hāzir . hāzir[adj.] . present .
257Present!
253जी हाँ हाज़िर . jī hā̃ hāzir . jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] hā̃ hāzir[adj.] . (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji) yes present .
258Present my Lord!
254बापदादा हर ज़ोन की विशेषता देख रहे हैं और यह जो सिस्टम बनाई है वह बहुत अच्छी बनाई है . bāpdādā her|har zone key|kī viśhēṣhtā dēkh rahē haĩ aur yah jō system banāī hai vah bahut achchhī banāī hai . bāpdādā her|harnā[root]|har zone key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] system banānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . BapDada (x|x[root]) zone (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speciality see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and this that x create[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that very achcha create[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
259BapDada is seeing the speciality of every zone and the system that you have created is very good.
255किसने बनाई ? kisnē banāī ? kaun[pn.sg.nē] banānā[past-part.f.] ? who[.nē] create[past-part.f.] ?
260Who created it?
256मुन्नी ने . Munnī nē . x[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] . x ∅ .
261Munni (Dadiji created it).
257 ( दादी जी ने बनाई ) दादी तो थी ही दादी . ( dādī jī nē banāī ) dādī tō thī hī dādī . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] nē[postp.] banānā[past-part.f.] ) dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō hōnā[past.f] hī[p.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . ( Dadi (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji) ∅ create[past-part.f.] ) Dadi then be[past.f] only Dadi .
262Dadi was Dadi.
258लेकिन जो भी महारथी गये हैं उनकी विशेषता यह है अमृतवेले हाज़िर हो जाते हैं . lēkin jō bhī mahārathī gayē haĩ unkī viśhēṣhtā yah hai amr̥itvēlē hāzir hō jātē haĩ . lēkin jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kī] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hāzir[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . but that too maharathi go[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kī] speciality this be[pres.sg.23] amrit vela present be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . 259अमृतवेले का मिलन छोड़ा नहीं है . amr̥itvēlē kā milan chhōṛā nahī̃ hai . amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . amrit vela of meeting renounce[past-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] .
263The speciality of all the maharathis who have departed is that they become present at amrit vela; they have not renounced their meeting of amrit vela.
260जैसे यहाँ भी नियम में चलके चलाया . jaisē yahā̃ bhī niyam mē̃ chalkē chalāyā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yahā̃ bhī[p.] niyam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[abs.] chalānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . like here too law in continue[abs.] x[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
264They were very firm in their discipline here with themselves and for others too.
261कहने से नहीं , चलके चलाया , ऐसे ही सभी को उमंग उत्साह में लाया . kahnē sē nahī̃ , chalkē chalāyā , aisē hī sabhī kō umaṅg utsāh mē̃ lāyā . kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] , chalnā[abs.] chalānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . say[inf.m.pl.,o.] from not , continue[abs.] x[past-part.m.sg.d.] , such only all to zeal enthusiasm in x[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
265They didn't just tell others, but they themselves observed that discipline and put zeal and enthusiasm into everyone.
262तो यह सिस्टम भी बहुत अच्छी है . tō yah system bhī bahut achchhī hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] system bhī[p.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this x too very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
266This system is very good.
263आप सबको पसन्द है ना . āp sabkō pasand hai nā . āp[pn.pl.] sabkō pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . you everything love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
267All of you like it, do you not?
264चांस है . chance hai . chance hōnā[pres.sg.23] . chance be[pres.sg.23] .
268You have a chance.
265अभी देखो पहले बारी जो आये हैं राजस्थान से , वह हाथ उठाओ . abhī dēkhō pahlē bārī jō āyē haĩ rājasthān sē , vah hāth uṭhāō . ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] rājasthān sē[postp.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (x|firstly) x that come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] x from , that raise your hands .
269Those who have come for the first time from Rajasthan, raise your hands!
266जो पहले बारी मधुबन में आये हैं राजस्थान के , वह हाथ उठाओ . jō pahlē bārī madhuban mē̃ āyē haĩ rājasthān K|kē , vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] rājasthān K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that (x|firstly) x Madhuban in come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] x (K|of) , that raise your hands .
270Those who have come from Rajasthan to Madhuban for the first time, raise your hands!
267अच्छा चांस है . achchhā chance hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha chance be[pres.sg.23] .
271You have a good chance.
268इतनी संख्या राजस्थान की , वैसे तो आपको लिस्ट अनुसार आना होता है लेकिन अभी फ्रीडम है , सेवाधारियों को चांस मिलता है इसलिए बापदादा दादी को मुबारक दे , या आप सबको मुबारक दे . itnī saṅkhyā rājasthān key|kī , vaisē tō āpkō list anusār ānā hōtā hai lēkin abhī freedom hai , sēvādhāriyō̃ kō chance miltā hai isliē bāpdādā dādī kō mubārak dē , yā āp sabkō mubārak dē . itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] rājasthān key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō āp[pn.pl.kō] list anusār ānā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1] lēkin ab[adv.hī] freedom hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sēvādhārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chance milnā[pres.sg.m.23] isliē bāpdādā dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] , yā āp[pn.pl.] sabkō mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] . such x x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , x then you[.kō] list according to come[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1] but now freedom be[pres.sg.23] , server to chance receive[pres.sg.m.23] therefore BapDada Dadi to congratulations (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) , or you everything congratulations (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) .
272There are so many from Rajasthan. 273Generally, you have to come according to the list, but you now have freedom. 274Servers also receive a chance and so should BapDada congratulate Dadi or all of you?
269दादी ने बनाया आप लोग प्रैक्टिकल में आ रहे हैं इसके लिए आपको भी मुबारक . dādī nē banāyā āp lōg practical mē̃ ā rahē haĩ iskē liē āpkō bhī mubārak . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] practical mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē āp[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . Dadi ∅ create[past-part.m.sg.d.] you people practical in come[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) you[.kō] too congratulations .
275Dadi created the system and you are putting it into a practical form. 276Therefore, congratulations to you too.
270अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
277Achcha.
271अभी राजस्थान एक कमाल करना . abhī rājasthān ēk kamāl karnā . ab[adv.hī] rājasthān ēk[adj.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now x one x do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
278Now, Rajasthan has to perform one wonder.
272नम्बर पहले वारिस क्वालिटी बाबा के सामने लाना . number pahlē vāris quality bābā K|kē sāmnē lānā . number pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality bābā K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāmnē lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . number (x|firstly) heir x Baba (K|of) x x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
279You have to bring first-number, heir-quality souls in front of Baba.
273बापदादा ने देखा कि सभी वर्गों ने अपने-अपने सम्पर्क वालों की मैजारिटी लिस्ट दी है . bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki sabhī vargō̃ nē apnē-apnē samparka vālō̃ key|kī majority list dī hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] majority list dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that all profession ∅ one’s own x those who (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) majority list give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
280BapDada has seen that all the Wings have given a list of their contacts.
274लेकिन सहयोगी तो हैं अब आगे क्या करेंगे ? lēkin sahyōgī tō haĩ ab āgē kyā karē̃gē ? lēkin sahyōgī[adj.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ab[adv.] āgē kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? but co-operative then be[pres.pl.12hon3] now previously what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
281They are co-operative, but what are they going to do in the future?
275सहयोगियों को यज्ञ स्नेही बनाओ . sahyōgiyō̃ kō yagya snēhī banāō . sahyōgī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] snēhī[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . co-operative to sacrificial fire loving create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
282Make those who are co-operative have love for the yagya.
276जब यज्ञ स्नेही बनेंगे तो हर कार्य में सभी सहयोगी बनेंगे . jab yagya snēhī banē̃gē tō her|har kārya mē̃ sabhī sahyōgī banē̃gē . jab yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] snēhī[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō her|harnā[root]|har kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . when sacrificial fire loving become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then (x|x[root]) task in all co-operative become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
283When they have love for the yagya, they will all be co-operative in every task of the yagya.
277लिस्ट बड़ी अच्छी-अच्छी लिखी है . list baṛī achchhī-achchhī likhī hai . list baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] likhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . list very achcha write[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
284You have written very good lists.
278मैजारिटी समय प्रति समय लिस्ट देते रहे हैं . majority samay prati samay list dētē rahē haĩ . majority samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] list dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . majority time for time list give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
285The majority of you have continued to give a list from time to time.
279मैजारिटी लिस्ट अच्छी है अभी भी दो चार वर्ग की लिस्ट आई है आज भी . majority list achchhī hai abhī bhī dō chār varg key|kī list āī hai āj bhī . majority list achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] dō chār[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] list ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] āj bhī[p.] . majority list achcha be[pres.sg.23] now too x profession (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) list come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] today too .
286The majority of the lists are good, and, even today, Baba received two lists.
280लेकिन अब स्नेही बनाओ अर्थात् हम यज्ञ के ही हैं ऐसे पक्के निश्चयबुद्धि बनाओ . lēkin ab snēhī banāō arthāt ham yagya K|kē hī haĩ aisē pakkē niśhchaybuddhi banāō . lēkin ab[adv.] snēhī[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] arthāt ham[pn.pl.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but now loving create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that is we sacrificial fire (K|of) only be[pres.pl.12hon3] such firm intellect with faith create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
287However, now make them loving, that is, make them have the firm faith in the intellect that they belong to this yagya.
281सहयोगी हैं उसमें तो कहेंगे हम हैं ही सहयोगी , लेकिन स्नेही जो भी यज्ञ के नियम कार्य हैं उसमें स्नेही बनेंगे . sahyōgī haĩ usmē̃ tō kahē̃gē ham haĩ hī sahyōgī , lēkin snēhī jō bhī yagya K|kē niyam kārya haĩ usmē̃ snēhī banē̃gē . sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] tō kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] sahyōgī[adj.] , lēkin snēhī[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] niyam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] snēhī[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . co-operative be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.mē̃] then say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] we be[pres.pl.12hon3] only co-operative , but loving that too sacrificial fire (K|of) law task be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.mē̃] loving become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
288They are co-operative and they would say that they are co-operative. 289However, those who are loving would love the tasks and disciplines of the yagya.
282वर्ग वालों ने कार्य अच्छा किया है . varg vālō̃ nē kārya achchhā kiyā hai . varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . profession those who ∅ task achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
290Those of the wings have performed very good tasks.
283बापदादा ने वर्ग वालों को भी मुबारक दी है . bāpdādā nē varg vālō̃ kō bhī mubārak dī hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . BapDada ∅ profession those who to too congratulations give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
291BapDada also gave congratulations to those of the wings.
284राजस्थान माना राजा बनके राजा बनाने वाले . rājasthān mānā rājā bankē rājā banānē vālē . rājasthān mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|mānā rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . x (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|means) king become[abs.] king create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who . 285प्रजा नहीं राजा बनाने वाले . prajā nahī̃ rājā banānē vālē . prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . x not king create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
292Rajasthan means those who become kings and make others into kings; not those who make subjects, but those who make kings.
286राजस्थान है ना , तो कमाल करेगा ना राजस्थान . rājasthān hai nā , tō kamāl karēgā nā rājasthān . rājasthān hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , tō kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā rājasthān . x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , then x do[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ x .
293It is Rajasthan, and so Rajasthan will perform wonders, will it not?
287दो विंग्स आई हैं - मेडिकल विंग और ट्रांसपोर्ट विंग : मुबारक हो . dō wings āī haĩ - medical wing aur transport wing : mubārak hō . dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] wing ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] - medical wing aur transport wing : mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) wing come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] - x wing and transport wing : congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
294Two Wings have come - Medical and Transport Wings: Congratulations!
288बापदादा ने देखा जो भी वर्ग बनी हैं वह अपने अपने क्षेत्र में कार्य अच्छा कर रही हैं . bāpdādā nē dēkhā jō bhī varg banī haĩ vah apnē apnē kṣhētra mē̃ kārya achchhā kar rahī haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kṣhētra[x] mē̃[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that too profession become[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] that one’s own one’s own field in task achcha do[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] .
295BapDada has seen that all the wings that have been created are doing very good work in their own fields.
289अभी दोनों विंग ने भी अपनी लिस्ट भेजी है . abhī dōnō̃ wing nē bhī apnī list bhējī hai . ab[adv.hī] dōnō̃ wing nē[postp.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] list bhējnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . now x wing ∅ too one’s own list x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
296Both the Wings have sent their own lists.
290बापदादा ने देखी और मुबारक दे रहे हैं कि अच्छे-अच्छे सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में आये हैं . bāpdādā nē dēkhī aur mubārak dē rahē haĩ ki achchhē-achchhē sambandh-sampark mē̃ āyē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.f.] aur mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.f.] and congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that achcha x in come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
297BapDada saw the list and is congratulating you on the basis that good souls have come into connection and relationship.
291लेकिन बापदादा ने समय के प्रमाण आज यह भी कहा कि सहयोगी है लेकिन अब यज्ञ स्नेही बनाओ . lēkin bāpdādā nē samay K|kē pramāṇ āj yah bhī kahā ki sahyōgī hai lēkin ab yagya snēhī banāō . lēkin bāpdādā nē[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] āj yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ab[adv.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] snēhī[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but BapDada ∅ time (K|of) (under) today this too say[past-part.m.sg.d.] that co-operative be[pres.sg.23] but now sacrificial fire loving create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
298However, according to the time, BapDada has also said today that although they are co-operative, you must now make them loving to the yagya.
292वारिस क्वालिटी बनाओ . vāris quality banāō . vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . heir x create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
299Make them into heir-quality souls.
293जो भी सहयोगी हैं उन्हों को अपने ज़ोन में , बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा है लिस्ट तो आई है अच्छा है लेकिन हर एक ज़ोन एक-एक वर्ग को अपने भिन्न-भिन्न स्थान के सहयोगी या स्नेही आत्माओं को इकठ्ठा करो . jō bhī sahyōgī haĩ unhō̃ kō apnē zone mē̃ , bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā hai list tō āī hai achchhā hai lēkin har ēk zone ēk-ēk varg kō apnē bhinn-bhinn sthān K|kē sahyōgī yā snēhī ātmāō̃ kō ikaṭhṭhā karō . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] zone mē̃[postp.] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] list tō ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin har ēk[x] zone ēk[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhinn[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sahyōgī[adj.] yā snēhī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that too co-operative be[pres.pl.12hon3] that to one’s own zone in , BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] list then come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] achcha be[pres.sg.23] but each one zone one profession to one’s own different place (K|of) co-operative or loving soul to together do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
300Baba has received a list and that is good. 301However, BapDada told you earlier, that each zone should bring all the co-operative and loving souls together from different places in your own zones.
294तीन दिन का उनको सम्पर्क में लाओ , रहें , मीटिंग करें और आगे के प्रोग्राम बनायें . tīn din kā unkō samparka mē̃ lāō , rahē̃ , meeting karē̃ aur āgē K|kē programme banāyē̃ . tīn[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vah[pn.pl.kō] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , meeting karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] aur āgē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] programme banānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . x day of that[.kō] x in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , remain[opt.pl.12hon3] , meeting do[opt.pl.12hon3] and previously (K|of) programme create[opt.pl.12hon3] .
302Bring them together for three days so that they can stay there, have meetings and also make programmes for the future.
295तो हर ज़ोन जहाँ भी उनके हैं , सभी ज़ोन से कोई बड़े स्थान पर जहाँ भी ज़ोन में हो , सहयोगियों को इकठ्ठा करके उनकी मीटिंग करो और उन्हों को विशेष एक बल भरो और आगे बढ़ने का . tō her|har zone jahā̃ bhī unkē haĩ , sabhī zone sē kōī baṛē sthān par jahā̃ bhī zone mē̃ hō , sahyōgiyō̃ kō ikaṭhṭhā karkē unkī meeting karō aur unhō̃ kō viśhēṣh ēk bal bharō aur āgē baṛhnē kā . tō her|harnā[root]|har zone jahā̃ bhī[p.] vah[pn.pl.kē] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sab[adv.hī] zone sē[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] jahā̃ bhī[p.] zone mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , sahyōgī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] vah[pn.pl.kī] meeting karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ēk[adj.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bharnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . then (x|x[root]) zone where there too that[.kē] be[pres.pl.12hon3] , all zone from some very place (at|other) where there too zone in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , co-operative to together do[abs.] that[.kī] meeting do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and that to special one strength fill[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] of .
303Bring together all the co-operative souls from each zone to a main place for all the zones. 304Have a meeting and fill them with special power to move forward.
296जो अब तक किया उसकी मुबारक दो और आगे बढ़ने का प्लैन बनाके दो क्योंकि उन्हों को भी आगे बढ़ने की विधि सुनानी पड़ेगी . jō ab tak kiyā uskī mubārak dō aur āgē baṛhnē kā plan banākē dō kyōṅki unhō̃ kō bhī āgē baṛhnē key|kī vidhi sunānī paṛēgī . jō[pn.;d.] ab[adv.] tak karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] aur āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[abs.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kyōṅki vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] . that now until do[past-part.m.sg.d.] that[.kī] congratulations (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) and previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] of plan create[abs.] (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) because that to too previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) method speak[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] .
305Congratulate them for whatever they have done so far and give them a plan to move forward because you also have to tell them the method to move forward.
297तो सभी ज़ोन मिलके एक-एक वर्ग का जहाँ विशेष स्थान है वहाँ इकठ्ठा करो . tō sabhī zone milkē ēk-ēk varg kā jahā̃ viśhēṣh sthān hai vahā̃ ikaṭhṭhā karō . tō sab[adv.hī] zone milnā[abs.] ēk[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jahā̃ viśhēṣh[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then all zone receive[abs.] one profession of where there special place be[pres.sg.23] there together do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 298फिर देखेंगे उस संगठन में कितने आते हैं , क्या आगे चाहते हैं ? phir dēkhē̃gē us saṅgaṭhan mē̃ kitnē ātē haĩ , kyā āgē chāhtē haĩ ? phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kyā āgē chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? (then|turn[root]) see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that gathering in so come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , what previously x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
306So, all the zones should bring together souls from all the wings to a special place and we shall then see how many come to that gathering and what they will want to do in future.
299ऐसे सम्पर्क में लायेंगे तो वारिस बन जायेंगे . aisē samparka mē̃ lāyēṅgē tō vāris ban jāyēṅgē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . such x in x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then heir become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
307If you bring them into contact in this way, they will become heirs.
300बाकी इन दोनों वर्ग जो खड़े हुए हैं उनकी भी बापदादा ने भी रिजल्ट देखी , अच्छी है इसलिए बापदादा दोनों ही वर्गों को मुबारक दे रहे हैं . bākī in dōnō̃ varg jō khaṛē huē haĩ unkī bhī bāpdādā nē bhī result dēkhī , achchhī hai isliē bāpdādā dōnō̃ hī vargō̃ kō mubārak dē rahē haĩ . bākī|bākī yah[pn.pl.o.]|in dōnō̃ varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kī] bhī[p.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] bhī[p.] result dēkhnā[past-part.f.] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē bāpdādā dōnō̃ hī[p.] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . (but|others) (this|in) x profession that standing be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kī] too BapDada ∅ too result see[past-part.f.] , achcha be[pres.sg.23] therefore BapDada x only profession to congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
308BapDada also saw the result of the two wings that are standing here and it is good. 309This is why BapDada is congratulating both wings.
301बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा है अब समय नाजुक आया कि आया इसलिए अभी कम से कम सम्पर्क वालों को यज्ञ स्नेही तो बनाओ . bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā hai ab samay nājuk āyā ki āyā isliē abhī kam sē kam samparka vālō̃ kō yagya snēhī tō banāō . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ab[adv.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] nāzuk[adj.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] isliē ab[adv.hī] kam sē kam[x] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] snēhī[adj.] tō banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] now time x come[past-part.m.sg.d.] that come[past-part.m.sg.d.] therefore now at least x those who to sacrificial fire loving then create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
310BapDada has also told you earlier that delicate times are now about to come. 311So, now, at the very least, make those who are in contact with you have love for the yagya.
302डाक्टर्स का भी समाचार सुना . doctors kā bhī samāchār sunā . doctor kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] . doctor of too news (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) .
312Baba also heard news about the doctors.
303अच्छा कर रहे हैं . achchhā kar rahē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
313You are doing well.
304लेकिन अभी डाक्टर्स और भी अपने डाक्टर्स की संख्या को स्नेही सहयोगी बनाते जाओ . lēkin abhī doctors aur bhī apnē doctors key|kī saṅkhyā kō snēhī sahyōgī banātē jāō . lēkin ab[adv.hī] doctor aur bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] doctor key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] snēhī[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . but now doctor and too one’s own doctor (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x to loving co-operative create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] .
314However, now, doctors have to make doctors who are in contact into loving and co-operative souls.
305प्लैन अच्छा बनाया है , बापदादा ने सुना है . plan achchhā banāyā hai , bāpdādā nē sunā hai . plan achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . plan achcha create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , BapDada ∅ listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . 306उससे वृद्धि हो सकती है . ussē vr̥iddhi hō saktī hai . vah[pn.sg.sē] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] . that[.sē] growth be[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] . 307नाम फैल सकता है और दूसरी विंग वाले भी अच्छा चारों ओर जो वी . आई . पी निकाले हैं उससे सिद्ध होता है कि कनेक्शन अच्छे रखे हैं . nām phail saktā hai aur dūsrī wing vālē bhī achchhā chārō̃ ōr jō V|we . I|āī|eye . pī|P nikālē haĩ ussē siddha hōtā hai ki connection achchhē rakhē haĩ . nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] phailnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] wing vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chārō̃ ōr[x] jō[pn.;d.] V|we . I|ānā[past-part.f.]|eye . pīnā[root]|P|pīnā[past-part.f.] nikālnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.sē] siddh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] connection achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rakhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . name spread[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] and other wing those who too achcha everywhere that (x) . (x|come[past-part.f.]|eye) . (drink[root]|P.|drink[past-part.f.]) x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that[.sē] successful be[pres.sg.m.23] that connection achcha keep[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
315You have made a good plan. 316BapDada has heard about it and expansion can take place through it; your name can spread through it. 317Those of the other Wings who have also made VIPs emerge from everywhere have proved that you have maintained good connections.
308अब कनेक्शन वालों को सम्बन्ध में लाओ . ab connection vālō̃ kō sambandh mē̃ lāō . ab[adv.] connection vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now connection those who to relationship in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 309रह नहीं जावे . rah nahī̃ jāvē . rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] jānā[opt.sg.23] . remain[root] not go[opt.sg.23] .
318Now bring those who are just in connection into relationship; they should not be left out.
310समय समाप्ति का आवे और सहयोगी के सहयोगी रह जाये , इसलिए अब सम्बन्ध में लाओ . samay samāpti kā āvē aur sahyōgī K|kē sahyōgī rah jāyē , isliē ab sambandh mē̃ lāō . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[opt.sg.23] aur sahyōgī[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sahyōgī[adj.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , isliē ab[adv.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . time completion of come[opt.sg.23] and co-operative (K|of) co-operative remain[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , therefore now relationship in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 311समीप सम्बन्ध में लाओ . samīp sambandh mē̃ lāō . samīp[adj.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . close relationship in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
319It should not be that the time for completion comes and the co-operative souls just remain co-operative. 320Therefore, bring them into a relationship now; bring them into a close relationship.
312बापदादा ने देखा कि जब से वर्ग बने हैं , तब से सेवा चारों ओर फैली अच्छी है . bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki jab sē varg banē haĩ , tab sē sēvā chārō̃ ōr phailī achchhī hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] jab sē[postp.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , tab sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] chārō̃ ōr[x] phailnā[past-part.f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that when from profession become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , for only then from service everywhere spread[past-part.f.] achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
321BapDada has seen that, from the time the wings were created, service has spread everywhere very well.
313साधन अच्छा बनाते हैं लेकिन बापदादा सभी ज़ोन को भी कहते हैं अभी वारिस बनाने की विधि को थोड़ा और तीव्र करो . sādhan achchhā banātē haĩ lēkin bāpdādā sabhī zone kō bhī kahtē haĩ abhī vāris banānē key|kī vidhi kō thōṛā aur tīvr karō . sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] zone kō[postp.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ab[adv.hī] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur tīvr[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . facilities achcha create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but BapDada all zone to too say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] now heir create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) method to short and intense do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
322You have made good facilities. 323However, BapDada is now telling those of all zones to intensify the method of creating heirs.
314नहीं तो उल्हना मिलेगा . nahī̃ tō ulhanā milēgā . nahī̃ tō[x] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . otherwise complaint receive[fut.m.sg.23] . 315हम सहयोगी रह गये . ham sahyōgī rah gayē . ham[pn.pl.] sahyōgī[adj.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . we co-operative remain[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
324Otherwise, you will receive complaints that they just remained co-operative.
316आप प्लैन जरूर बनाओ फिर जिसका जो भाग्य होगा . āp plan jarūr banāō phir jiskā jō bhāgya hōgā . āp[pn.pl.] plan zarūr banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] jō[pn.sg.kā] jō[pn.;d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . you plan definitely create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (then|turn[root]) that[.kā] that x be[fut.m.sg.23] .
325Definitely make a plan now and it is then whatever is in each one's fortune.
317और निकल सकते हैं बापदादा ने लिस्ट देखी सभी अपने-अपने समय पर लिस्ट देते हैं तो लिस्ट अनुसार समीप हैं , इनमें से निकल सकते हैं . aur nikal saktē haĩ bāpdādā nē list dēkhī sabhī apnē-apnē samay par list dētē haĩ tō list anusār samīp haĩ , inmē̃ sē nikal saktē haĩ . aur nikalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] bāpdādā nē[postp.] list dēkhnā[past-part.f.] sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] list dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō list anusār samīp[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.pl.mē̃] sē[postp.] nikalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . and be extracted[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] BapDada ∅ list see[past-part.f.] all one’s own time (at|other) list give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then list according to close be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this[.mē̃] from be extracted[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
326Many more can emerge. 327BapDada saw the list that everyone gives at their own time. 328So, according to the list, they are close and some can emerge from them.
318अभी यह कोशिश करो . abhī yah kōśhiśh karō . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now this try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
329So now, try this.
319अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
330Achcha.
320 ( मेडिकल विंग सिल्वर जुबिली मना रही है , उसमें 8 ग्रुप सेवा के बनाये हैं ) अच्छा है बनाया है . ( medical wing silver jubilee manā rahī hai , usmē̃ 8 group sēvā K|kē banāyē haĩ ) achchhā hai banāyā hai . ( medical wing silver jubilee[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] manānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] 8 group sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . ( x wing silver x celebrate[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , that[.mē̃] 8 group service (K|of) create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
331(The medical Wing is celebrating its Silver Jubilee and eight service groups have been created within that.) 332It is good that you have created that.
321आगे बढ़ते चलो . āgē baṛhtē chalō . āgē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . previously grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
333Continue to move forward.
322अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
334Achcha.
323डबल विदेशी 1000 आये हैं , 65 देशों से : सभी देखो , आपको देख करके सब कितने खुश हो रहे हैं . double vidēśhī 1000 āyē haĩ , 65 dēśhō̃ sē : sabhī dēkhō , āpkō dēkh karkē sab kitnē khuśh hō rahē haĩ . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] 1000 ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , 65 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : sab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] sab[adj.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . double foreigner 1000 come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , 65 land from : all see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , you[.kō] see[root] do[abs.] all so happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
3351000 double foreigners have come from 65 countries: Look everyone! 336Seeing all of you, everyone is so happy.
324बाप ने कहाँ-कहाँ से 65 देशों से ढूंढकर निकाला है . bāp nē kahā̃-kahā̃ sē 65 dēśhō̃ sē ḍhūṇḍhkar nikālā hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kahā̃ sē[postp.] 65 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ḍhūṇḍhnā[abs.] nikālnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . father ∅ where from 65 land from discover[abs.] x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
337The Father has found all of you from the corners of 65 countries.
325आप सबको भी खुशी और नशा है ना तो हमको बाप ने ढूंढ लिया . āp sabkō bhī khuśhī aur naśhā hai nā tō hamkō bāp nē ḍhūṇḍh liyā . āp[pn.pl.] sabkō bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā tō ham[pn.pl.kō] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] ḍhūṇḍhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . you everything too happiness and intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅ then we[.kō] father ∅ discover[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .
338All of you are also happy and intoxicated that the Father found you, are you not?
326और बापदादा ने देखा इस बारी सभी ने मिलके जो निमित्त बने हैं , उन सबने बहुत बहुत बहुत अच्छी निमित्त बनने की सेवा की है . aur bāpdādā nē dēkhā is bārī sabhī nē milkē jō nimitt banē haĩ , un sabnē bahut bahut bahut achchhī nimitt bannē key|kī sēvā kī hai . aur bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] milnā[abs.] jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] sabnē bahut bahut bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . and BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] this x all ∅ receive[abs.] that instrument become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that x very very very achcha instrument become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
339BapDada saw this time that those who have become instruments have done very, very, very good service as instruments.
327बापदादा एक-एक का नाम नहीं लेते लेकिन जो भी निमित्त बनें उन्होंने सेवा में सफलता सबके दिलों में ऐसा उमंग दिलाया है जो अपने स्थान में जाके अपने स्थान को भी ऐसे ही रिफ़्रेश करेंगे . bāpdādā ēk-ēk kā nām nahī̃ lētē lēkin jō bhī nimitt banē̃ unhōnnē sēvā mē̃ saphaltā sabkē dilō̃ mē̃ aisā umaṅg dilāyā hai jō apnē sthān mē̃ jākē apnē sthān kō bhī aisē hī refresh karē̃gē . bāpdādā ēk[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.nē] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] dilānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] jō[pn.;d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[abs.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] refresh karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . BapDada one of name not take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but that too instrument become[opt.pl.12hon3] that[.nē] service in success everyone's heart in such zeal x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that one’s own place in go[abs.] one’s own place to too such only refresh do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
340BapDada is not mentioning each one's name but those who have become instruments have brought about such enthusiasm in everyone's heart for success in service so that when they go back to their own places, they will refresh their own places in the same way.
328तो जो सेवा के निमित्त बनें उनको बापदादा बहुत बहुत मुबारक दे रहे हैं . tō jō sēvā kē nimitt banē̃ unkō bāpdādā bahut bahut mubārak dē rahē haĩ . tō jō[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] bāpdādā bahut bahut mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then that service x become[opt.pl.12hon3] that[.kō] BapDada very very congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
341BapDada is giving many, many congratulations to all those who have become instruments for service.
329सिस्टम भी अच्छी बनाई है और जनक बच्ची ने तो सभी को दिल में उमंग और उत्साह एकस्ट्रा भर लिया . system bhī achchhī banāī hai aur janak bachchī nē tō sabhī kō dil mē̃ umaṅg aur utsāh extra bhar liyā . system bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur janak[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] tō sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] aur utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] extra bharnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . x too achcha create[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and Janak girl ∅ then all to heart in zeal and enthusiasm extra fill[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .
342You have created good systems and child Janak has also filled everyone's heart with extra zeal and enthusiasm.
330हर एक का चेहरा दिखाई दे रहा है कि जो शक्ति इकट्ठी की वह चेहरे पर आ रही है . har ēk kā chēhrā dikhāī dē rahā hai ki jō śhakti ikaṭṭhī key|kī vah chēhrē par ā rahī hai . har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vah[pn.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] ānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . each one of face be visible that that Shakti together (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) that face (at|other) come[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
343Each one's face is showing that whatever power you have accumulated, that is visible on your face. 344Everyone's face is visible as very happy.
331सबके चेहरे खुशनुमा दिखाई दे रहे हैं और अभी जो भारत और विदेश मिलके सेवा की है , उसकी रिजल्ट भी अच्छी है . sabkē chēhrē khuśhnumā dikhāī dē rahē haĩ aur abhī jō bhārat aur vidēśh milkē sēvā kī hai , uskī result bhī achchhī hai . sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] khuśhnumā[adj.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , vah[pn.sg.kī] result bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . everyone's face happy be visible and now that Bharat and abroad receive[abs.] service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , that[.kī] result too achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
345The result of the service that has taken place, by Bharat and the foreign lands working together, is also good.
332भारत वाले विदेशियों को प्रेरणा देंगे और विदेश वाले भारत को प्रेरणा देंगे . bhārat vālē vidēśhiyō̃ kō prērṇā dēgē aur vidēśh vālē bhārat kō prērṇā dēgē . bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] prērṇā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] prērṇā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . Bharat those who foreigner to inspiration give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and abroad those who Bharat to inspiration give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
346Those from Bharat will inspire those from abroad and those from abroad will inspire those from Bharat.
333मिलके करने से अपने में भी उमंग आता है और सुनने वालों में भी उमंग आता है विदेश वाले इतना कर रहे हैं , हम भारत में होते भी नहीं कर रहे हैं . milkē karnē sē apnē mē̃ bhī umaṅg ātā hai aur sunnē vālō̃ mē̃ bhī umaṅg ātā hai vidēśh vālē itnā kar rahē haĩ , ham bhārat mē̃ hōtē bhī nahī̃ kar rahē haĩ . milnā[abs.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] aur sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , ham[pn.pl.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . receive[abs.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from one’s own in too zeal come[pres.sg.m.23] and listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who in too zeal come[pres.sg.m.23] abroad those who such do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , we Bharat in be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too not do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
347By working together, you have enthusiasm in yourself. 348Those who hear about this also have the enthusiasm: they have the feeling that people abroad are doing so much whereas they are not doing even that much while being in Bharat.
334फील करते हैं और भारत वाले विदेश में जाते तो वह भी फील करते हैं कि हम यहाँ रहते अपना नहीं बनाया , उमंग में आकरके आगे बढ़ते , बापदादा को यह जो प्लैन बनाया है , तीन चार प्रोग्राम मिलके बनाये हैं , बड़े-बड़े प्रोग्राम उसमें बापदादा ने देखा वायुमण्डल में फर्क पड़ता है क्योंकि सब प्रकार की आते हैं ना . feel kartē haĩ aur bhārat vālē vidēśh mē̃ jātē tō vah bhī feel kartē haĩ ki ham yahā̃ rahtē apnā nahī̃ banāyā , umaṅg mē̃ ākarkē āgē baṛhtē , bāpdādā kō yah jō plan banāyā hai , tīn chār programme milkē banāyē haĩ , baṛē-baṛē programme usmē̃ bāpdādā nē dēkhā vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ phark paṛtā hai kyōṅki sab prakār key|kī ātē haĩ nā . feel karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] feel karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] yahā̃ rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] nahī̃[neg] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[abs.] āgē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , bāpdādā kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , tīn[adj.] chār[adj.] programme milnā[abs.] banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] programme vah[pn.sg.mē̃] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyōṅki sab[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . feel do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and Bharat those who abroad in go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then that too feel do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that we here remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (one’s own|adopt[root]) not create[past-part.m.sg.d.] , zeal in come[abs.] previously grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , BapDada to this that plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , x four programme receive[abs.] create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , very programme that[.mē̃] BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] atmosphere in difference fall[pres.sg.m.23] because all form (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
349And, when people from Bharat go abroad, they also feel that while living here (in Bharat) they have not made this their own; so they have enthusiasm and continue to move forward. 350BapDada has seen that the plan that you have made together of three to four big programmes makes a difference in the atmosphere because all types of people come.
335क्रिश्चियन भी मुस्लिम भी , जो भी भिन्न भिन्न धर्म के हैं वह सब प्रकार के इकट्ठे देखते हैं तो समझते हैं कि सचमुच विश्व एक हो सकता है इसलिए आपकी ट्रेनिंग बापदादा को अच्छी लगी . kriściyan bhī muslim bhī , jō bhī bhinn bhinn dharm K|kē haĩ vah sab prakār K|kē ikaṭṭhē dēkhtē haĩ tō samajhtē haĩ ki sachmuch viśhva ēk hō saktā hai isliē āpkī training bāpdādā kō achchhī lagī . Christian bhī[p.] muslim[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] , jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] bhinn[adj.] bhinn[adj.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] sachmuch viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] isliē āp[pn.pl.kī] training bāpdādā kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[past-part.f.] . Christian too x too , that too different different religion (K|of) be[pres.pl.12hon3] that all form (K|of) together see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that x world one be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] therefore you[.kī] training BapDada to achcha x[past-part.f.] .
351When they see the Christians, Muslims and those of other religions together, they feel that the world truly can become united and become one. 352This is why BapDada likes the training you give.
336मेहनत वालों को बापदादा खास मुबारक दे रहा है . mēhnat vālō̃ kō bāpdādā khās mubārak dē rahā hai . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā khās mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . effort those who to BapDada x congratulations give[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
353BapDada is giving special congratulations to those who have made the effort.
337अभी विदेश वाले भी वारिस क्वालिटी लाना क्योंकि समय अचानक का है . abhī vidēśh vālē bhī vāris quality lānā kyōṅki samay achānak kā hai . ab[adv.hī] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] achānak kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now abroad those who too heir x x[inf.m.sg.d.] because time suddenly of be[pres.sg.23] .
354Now, those from abroad also have to bring heir-quality souls because it is now the time of everything happening suddenly.
338तो जितने भी आत्माओं का कल्याण कर सको , जितना कर सको उतना करते जाओ फिर समय नहीं मिलेगा . tō jitnē bhī ātmāō̃ kā kalyāṇ kar sakō , jitnā kar sakō utnā kartē jāō phir samay nahī̃ milēgā . tō jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] , jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then the more too soul of benefit do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] , the more do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] (then|turn[root]) time not receive[fut.m.sg.23] .
355However many souls you can benefit, and however much you can do, continue to do that because you will not have time later.
339अभी समय है , कम से कम बाप का घर तो देख लें . abhī samay hai , kam sē kam bāp kā ghar tō dēkh lē̃ . ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kam sē kam[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] . now time be[pres.sg.23] , at least father of home then see[opt.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] . 340बाप का परिचय तो ले लें . bāp kā parichay tō lē lē̃ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō lēnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] . father of introduction then take[opt.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] .
356Now, you have the time and so they can at least see the Father's home and take the Father's introduction.
341तरस आता है ना ! taras ātā hai nā ! taras[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! mercy come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
357You do feel mercy for them, do you not?
342तो बहुत अच्छा कर भी रहे हैं लेकिन बापदादा को अभी एक बात याद आ रही है कि शुरू-शुरू में भारत के अन्दर कोई वी . आई . पी लाते थे तो अखबारों में नाम पड़ता था और अखबार वाले इन्ट्रेस्ट से आते थे . tō bahut achchhā kar bhī rahē haĩ lēkin bāpdādā kō abhī ēk bāt yād ā rahī hai ki śhurū-śhurū mē̃ bhārat K|kē andar kōī V|we . I|āī|eye . pī|P lātē thē tō akhbārō̃ mē̃ nām paṛtā thā aur akhbār vālē interest sē ātē thē . tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin bāpdādā kō[postp.] ab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ki[conj.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] andar kōī[pn.;d.] V|we . I|ānā[past-part.f.]|eye . pīnā[root]|P|pīnā[past-part.f.] lānā[hab-past.pl.m.] tō akhbār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[hab-past.m.sg.] aur akhbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] interest sē[postp.] ānā[hab-past.pl.m.] . then very achcha do[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but BapDada to now one matter remembrance come[pres.sg.f.prog.23] that beginning in Bharat (K|of) inside some (x) . (x|come[past-part.f.]|eye) . (drink[root]|P.|drink[past-part.f.]) x[hab-past.pl.m.] then newspaper in name fall[hab-past.m.sg.] and newspaper those who interest from come[hab-past.pl.m.] .
358You are doing very well, but BapDada is now remembering one thing. 359In the beginning, when you used to bring a VIP to Bharat, your name would appear in the newspapers and the media people used to come to you with interest.
343गवर्मेन्ट को देखना पड़ता है वी . आई . पी को , तो गवर्मेन्ट भी प्रभावित होती है , अभी वह नहीं किया है . government kō dēkhnā paṛtā hai V|we . I|āī|eye . pī|P kō , tō government bhī prabhāvit hōtī hai , abhī vah nahī̃ kiyā hai . government kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] V|we . I|ānā[past-part.f.]|eye . pīnā[root]|P|pīnā[past-part.f.] kō[postp.] , tō government bhī[p.] prabhāvit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , ab[adv.hī] vah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . government to see[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] (x) . (x|come[past-part.f.]|eye) . (drink[root]|P.|drink[past-part.f.]) to , then government too x be[pres.sg.f.23] , now that not do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
360The Government also had to provide for them and so they were also impressed, but that has not happened for some time now.
344आप आये हो उसकी तो मुबारक . āp āyē hō uskī tō mubārak . āp[pn.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.kī] tō mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . you come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] that[.kī] then congratulations . 345प्रोग्रम में साथी बनते हैं , यह बापदादा अच्छा मानते हैं . programme mē̃ sāthī bantē haĩ , yah bāpdādā achchhā māntē haĩ . programme mē̃[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . programme in companion become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , this BapDada achcha x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
361Congratulations to all of you who have come, and it is good that you become companions in the programmes.
346अब उन्हों को भी लाओ तो गवर्मेन्ट के थोड़े कान खुलें . ab unhō̃ kō bhī lāō tō government K|kē thōṛē kān khulē̃ . ab[adv.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō government K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kān[n.m.;sg.,d.] khulnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . now that to too x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then government (K|of) short ear open up[opt.pl.12hon3] . 347जैसे अभी देखते हैं कि यह जो 75 वर्ष की जुबली है , इस जुबली ने भारत वालों को अच्छा जगाया है . jaisē abhī dēkhtē haĩ ki yah jō 75 varṣh key|kī jubilee hai , is jubilee nē bhārat vālō̃ kō achchhā jagāyā hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] 75 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] jubilee hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.o.] jubilee nē[postp.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jagānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . like now see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this that 75 year (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x be[pres.sg.23] , this x ∅ Bharat those who to achcha awaken[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
362Now, bring them (VIPs) so that the ears of the Government open, just as they now see that it is our 75th Platinum Jubilee, this Jubilee has really awakened those from Bharat very well.
348पहले जो समझते थे ब्रह्माकुमारियां पता नहीं क्या करती हैं , अभी उन्हों के मुख से निकला है कि कमाल है ब्रह्माकुमारियों के 75 वर्ष . pahlē jō samajhtē thē brahmākumāriyā̃ patā nahī̃ kyā kartī haĩ , abhī unhō̃ K|kē mukh sē nikalā hai ki kamāl hai brahmākumāriyō̃ K|kē 75 varṣh . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[hab-past.pl.m.] brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kyā karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , ab[adv.hī] vah[pn.pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] 75 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] . (x|firstly) that understand[hab-past.pl.m.] Brahma Kumari knowledge not what do[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , now that (K|of) mouth from be extracted[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that x be[pres.sg.23] Brahma Kumari (K|of) 75 year . 349और दूसरी कमाल है कि यहाँ बहिनें ही निमित्त बनी हैं और बहनों ने इतना कार्य किया है , तो उन्हों को यह आश्चर्य लगता है और अभी नजदीक आने की दिल होती है . aur dūsrī kamāl hai ki yahā̃ bahinē̃ hī nimitt banī haĩ aur bahanō̃ nē itnā kārya kiyā hai , tō unhō̃ kō yah āśhcharya lagtā hai aur abhī najdīk ānē key|kī dil hōtī hai . aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] yahā̃ bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] aur bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , tō vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] āśhcharya[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur ab[adv.hī] nazdīk ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . and other x be[pres.sg.23] that here x only instrument become[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] and x ∅ such task do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , then that to this amazement x[pres.sg.m.23] and now x (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) heart be[pres.sg.f.23] .
363Initially, they used to think: We don't know what the Brahma Kumaris are doing. 364Now, it is emerging from their lips that it is a wonder that the Brahma Kumaris are celebrating their 75th year, and, the other wonder they speak of is that the instruments here are sisters and it is the sisters who have done so much work. 365So, they are amazed by this and have the desire to come close.
350मिलें , सुनें और आपके मुख्य जो सबजेक्ट हैं , आप आत्मा हो , वह इस जुबिली के कारण सब तरफ समझते हैं कि आत्मा समझने से यह एकमत हो सकते हैं . milē̃ , sunē̃ aur āpkē mukhya jō subject haĩ , āp ātmā hō , vah is jubilee K|kē kāraṇ sab taraph samajhtē haĩ ki ātmā samajhnē sē yah ēkmat hō saktē haĩ . milnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , sunnā[opt.pl.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.kē] mukhya[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] subject hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , vah[pn.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] jubilee[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] samajhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] ēkmat[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . receive[opt.pl.12hon3] , listen[opt.pl.12hon3] and you[.kē] main that subject be[pres.pl.12hon3] , you soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that this x (K|of) because all direction understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that soul understand[inf.m.pl.,o.] from this one direction be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
366They want to come and meet you and listen to you and, because of this Jubilee, they understand everywhere that by understanding your main subject - "You are a soul" - they can all become united.
351तो जैसे इस जुबिली ने कमाल की है ना , ऐसे और करते जाओ और सभी को सन्देश पहुंचाने के लिए भी जो टी . वी . और रेडियो ने सहयोग किया है , उसको भी बापदादा मुबारक दे रहे हैं . tō jaisē is jubilee nē kamāl kī hai nā , aisē aur kartē jāō aur sabhī kō sandēśh pahuñchānē kē liē bhī jō T . V|we . aur radio nē sahyōg kiyā hai , uskō bhī bāpdādā mubārak dē rahē haĩ . tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.o.] jubilee[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] aur sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sandēśh[x] pahuñchānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] bhī[p.] jō[pn.;d.] T . V|we . aur radio nē[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] bāpdādā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then like this x ∅ x do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ , such and do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] and all to message cause to reach[inf.m.pl.,o.] for too that x . (x) . and x ∅ cooperation do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that[.kō] too BapDada congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
367So, just as this Jubilee has performed wonders, similarly, continue to do that more. 368BapDada is also congratulating the media, the TV and radio that has helped make the message reach everyone.
352जो घर बैठे सब देखते हैं , वैसे तो कई बहाना देते थे , चाहते हैं लेकिन टाइम नहीं है , अभी घर बैठे भी देखने से धीरे-धीरे जागते जाते हैं . jō ghar baiṭhē sab dēkhtē haĩ , vaisē tō kaī bahānā dētē thē , chāhtē haĩ lēkin time nahī̃ hai , abhī ghar baiṭhē bhī dēkhnē sē dhīrē-dhīrē jāgtē jātē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] sab[adj.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō kaī bahānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|bahānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[hab-past.pl.m.] , chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin time nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ab[adv.hī] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] dhīrē jagnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . that home (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) all see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x then some (shed[inf.m.sg.d.]|shed[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]) give[hab-past.pl.m.] , x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but time not be[pres.sg.23] , now home (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) too see[inf.m.pl.,o.] from x wake up[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] .
369While sitting at home, everyone can watch this. 370Otherwise, they used to make excuses and would say that, although they want to, they don't have the time, whereas now, while sitting at home, they are able to watch it and slowly continue to awaken through that.
353तो जो भी कर रहे हो वह अच्छा हो रहा है और होता रहेगा . tō jō bhī kar rahē hō vah achchhā hō rahā hai aur hōtā rahēgā . tō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . then that too do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] that achcha be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and be[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
371So, whatever you are doing is good and will continue to be good.
354उसकी मुबारक हो . uskī mubārak hō . vah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . that[.kī] congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
372Congratulations for that.
355बापदादा ने देखा है कि अभी सेवा का उमंग भी सभी में जाग रहा है , हम भी करें , हम भी करें . bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki abhī sēvā kā umaṅg bhī sabhī mē̃ jāg rahā hai , ham bhī karē̃ , ham bhī karē̃ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] mē̃[postp.] jagnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , ham[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , ham[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that now service of zeal too all in wake up[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , we too do[opt.pl.12hon3] , we too do[opt.pl.12hon3] .
373BapDada saw that there is enthusiasm for service awakening in everyone: We also want to do this, we also want to do this.
356यह उमंग आया है . yah umaṅg āyā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . this zeal come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
374They have this enthusiasm.
357जब उमंग आ गया ना तो जहाँ उमंग है , उत्साह है वहाँ सफलता है ही है इसलिए जो आप सम्मुख हो उन्हों को और जो दूर बैठे देख रहे हैं , सुन रहे हैं , उन सभी चारों ओर के बच्चों को बापदादा बहुत-बहुत दिल का प्यार और साथ में दिल में सदा रहने की मुबारक दे रहे हैं . jab umaṅg ā gayā nā tō jahā̃ umaṅg hai , utsāh hai vahā̃ saphaltā hai hī hai isliē jō āp sammukh hō unhō̃ kō aur jō dūr baiṭhē dēkh rahē haĩ , sun rahē haĩ , un sabhī chārō̃ ōr K|kē bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā bahut-bahut dil kā pyār aur sāth mē̃ dil mē̃ sadā rahnē key|kī mubārak dē rahē haĩ . jab umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā tō jahā̃ umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.] sammukh hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] aur jō[pn.;d.] dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adv.hī] chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā bahut dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sadā rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . when zeal come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ then where there zeal be[pres.sg.23] , enthusiasm be[pres.sg.23] there success be[pres.sg.23] only be[pres.sg.23] therefore that you in front of you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that to and that distant (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , that all everywhere (K|of) child to BapDada very heart of love and with in heart in constantly remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
375So, now that there is enthusiasm, where there is this zeal and enthusiasm, there is definitely also success. 376This is why all of you who are sitting here in person and those who are watching and listening everywhere, BapDada is giving lots and lots of love from His heart to all the children and also congratulating them for constantly staying with Him in His heart.
358अभी दिल लग गई है , यहाँ आबू में रहने की दिल लग गई है ! abhī dil lag gaī hai , yahā̃ ābū mē̃ rahnē key|kī dil lag gaī hai ! ab[adv.hī] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , yahā̃ ābū mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ! now heart x[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , here Abu in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) heart x[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] !
377Now, your hearts are attached to stay here in Abu.
359अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
378It is good.
360विदेशियों को देखके तो परिवार भी खुश होता है . vidēśhiyō̃ kō dēkhkē tō parivār bhī khuśh hōtā hai . vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] tō parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . foreigner to see[abs.] then family too happy be[pres.sg.m.23] . 361और 65 देशों से देखो किसमें आये हो ? aur 65 dēśhō̃ sē dēkhō kismē̃ āyē hō ? aur 65 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kaun[pn.sg.mē̃] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ? and 65 land from see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] who[.mē̃] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ?
379Seeing those from abroad, the family is also happy, and how have all of you come from 65 countries?
362प्यार के विमान में आये हो ना . pyār K|kē vimān mē̃ āyē hō nā . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā . love (K|of) x in come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅ .
380You have come in the plane of love, have you not?
363पहली बार बहुत आये हैं : पहली बार आने वालों को डबल मुबारक दे रहे हैं , क्यों ? pahlī bār bahut āyē haĩ : pahlī bār ānē vālō̃ kō double mubārak dē rahē haĩ , kyō̃ ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bār[n.f.;sg.] bahut ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bār[n.f.;sg.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] double mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , kyō̃ ? x time very come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : x time (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who to double congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , why ?
381Many have come for the first time: Double congratulations to those who have come for the first time. 382Why?
364क्यों डबल मुबारक दे रहे हैं ? kyō̃ double mubārak dē rahē haĩ ? kyō̃ double mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ? why double congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ?
383Why are you being given double congratulations?
365क्योंकि समय के हाहाकार के पहले अपना भाग्य बना दिया . kyōṅki samay K|kē hāhākār K|kē pahlē apnā bhāgya banā diyā . kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāhākār[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|banānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . because time (K|of) cries of sorrow (K|of) (x|firstly) (one’s own|adopt[root]) x (become[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|create[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]) .
384Because you have created your fortune before the cries of distress of time.
366अहो प्रभु , अहो प्रभु कहने के बजाए मेरा बाबा तो कहा इसलिए बापदादा आने वालों को देख खुश है . ahō prabhu , ahō prabhu kahnē kē bajāē mērā bābā tō kahā isliē bāpdādā ānē vālō̃ kō dēkh khuśh hai . ahō prabhu , ahō prabhu kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bajāē[x] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā tō kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] isliē bāpdādā ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . O God , O God say[inf.m.pl.,o.] instead of I[.kā] Baba then say[past-part.m.sg.d.] therefore BapDada (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who to see[root] happy be[pres.sg.23] .
385Instead of saying, "O God, O God", you have at least said, "My Baba!" and this is why BapDada is pleased to see those who have come.
367बच्चे आ गये , आ गये , आ गये . bachchē ā gayē , ā gayē , ā gayē . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . child come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
386The children have come, they have come, they have come.
368देखो आधा क्लास तो पहले बारी का है . dēkhō ādhā class tō pahlē bārī kā hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] class tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] half class then (x|firstly) x of be[pres.sg.23] .
387Look, half the class is of those who have come for the first time.
369अभी तीव्र पुरूषार्थ करना पड़ेगा . abhī tīvr purūṣhārth karnā paṛēgā . ab[adv.hī] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . now intense effort do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
388You will now have to make intense effort.
370पुरूषार्थी नहीं बनना तीव्र पुरूषार्थी बनना . purūṣhārthī nahī̃ bannā tīvr purūṣhārthī bannā . purūṣhārthī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . effort-maker not become[inf.m.sg.d.] intense effort-maker become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
389Do not just become an effort-maker, but become an intense effort-maker.
371अभी भी अगर तीव्र पुरूषार्थ किया तो तीव्र पुरूषार्थ से आगे बढ़ सकते हो . abhī bhī agar tīvr purūṣhārth kiyā tō tīvr purūṣhārth sē āgē baṛh saktē hō . ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] agar tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth sē[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . now too if intense effort do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then intense effort from previously grow[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
390Even now, if you make intense effort, you can move forward.
372मार्जिन तीव्र पुरूषार्थ की है . margin tīvr purūṣhārth kī hai . margin tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . x intense effort do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
391There is a margin for making intense effort.
373साधारण पुरूषार्थ का टाइम गया और बापदादा हर एक आने वाले बच्चों को चक्र लगाते देखते हैं , कि बच्चे आगे बढ़ रहे हैं या ढीले आगे बढ़ रहे हैं . sādhāraṇ purūṣhārth kā time gayā aur bāpdādā har ēk ānē vālē bachchō̃ kō chakra lagātē dēkhtē haĩ , ki bachchē āgē baṛh rahē haĩ yā ḍhīlē āgē baṛh rahē haĩ . sādhāraṇ[adj.] puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur bāpdādā har ēk[x] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ki[conj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] yā ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . ordinary effort of time go[past-part.m.sg.d.] and BapDada each one (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who child to (cycle|x) attach[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that child previously grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] or x previously grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
392The time for making ordinary effort has now gone and BapDada tours around and sees all the children who are to come, whether they are moving forward or moving forward very slowly.
374बापदादा चक्र चारों ओर लगाते हैं . bāpdādā chakra chārō̃ ōr lagātē haĩ . bāpdādā chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] chārō̃ ōr[x] lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada (cycle|x) everywhere attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
393BapDada tours around everywhere.
375आप तो चारों ओर नहीं जा सकते लेकिन बापदादा तो रोज़ चक्र लगाते हैं . āp tō chārō̃ ōr nahī̃ jā saktē lēkin bāpdādā tō rōz chakra lagātē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] tō chārō̃ ōr[x] nahī̃[neg] jānā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin bāpdādā tō rōz chakra lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . you then everywhere not go[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but BapDada then day be around the cycle .
394You cannot go everywhere, but BapDada tours around every day.
376बाबा के साथ जो आपके एडवांस पार्टी के विशेष गये हैं ना वह भी बापदादा के साथ चक्र पर निकलते हैं . bābā kē sāth jō āpkē advance party K|kē viśhēṣh gayē haĩ nā vah bhī bāpdādā kē sāth chakra par nikaltē haĩ . bābā kē sāth[x] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] advance party[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā kē sāth[x] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] nikalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Baba with that you[.kē] advance party (K|of) special go[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ that too BapDada with (cycle|x) (at|other) be extracted[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
395Those who have gone into the advance party also tour around with BapDada.
377आप लोगों को देख करके खुश होते हैं हमारे भाई , हमारी बहन आ गये , आ गये इसलिए आगे बढ़ते चलो , सारे परिवार की आपको मुबारक है . āp lōgō̃ kō dēkh karkē khuśh hōtē haĩ hamārē bhāī , hamārī bahan ā gayē , ā gayē isliē āgē baṛhtē chalō , sārē parivār key|kī āpkō mubārak hai . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.kē] bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ham[pn.pl.kī] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] isliē āgē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] āp[pn.pl.kō] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you people to see[root] do[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we[.kē] (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) , we[.kī] x come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] therefore previously grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , the whole family (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) you[.kō] congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
396Seeing all of you, they are pleased that their brothers or sisters have come. 397Therefore, continue to move forward. 398Congratulations to you from the whole family.
378अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
399Achcha.
379आज मधुबन वालों को विशेष बापदादा एक बात की मुबारक दे रहे हैं . āj madhuban vālō̃ kō viśhēṣh bāpdādā ēk bāt key|kī mubārak dē rahē haĩ . āj madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] bāpdādā ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today Madhuban those who to special BapDada one matter (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
400BapDada is specially congratulating those from Madhuban for one special thing.
380कौन सी बात ? kaun see|sī|C bāt ? kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C bāt[n.f.;sg.] ? who (see|x) matter ?
401What is that?
381सभी ने अभी तक सेवा बहुत अच्छी प्यार से की है . sabhī nē abhī tak sēvā bahut achchhī pyār sē kī hai . sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] ab[adv.hī] tak sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . all ∅ now until service very achcha love from do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
402Until now, everyone has done service very well with a lot of love.
382कितना भी बड़ा परिवार आया लेकिन सेवा में निमित्त तो मधुबन वाले बनते हैं . kitnā bhī baṛā parivār āyā lēkin sēvā mē̃ nimitt tō madhuban vālē bantē haĩ . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . so too very family come[past-part.m.sg.d.] but service in instrument then Madhuban those who become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
403No matter how big the family is that comes, those from Madhuban become instruments for service.
383चाहे हर ज़ोन सहयोगी बनते हैं लेकिन फिर भी जो परमानेंट रहते हैं उनके सहयोग के बिना तो नहीं कर सकते . chāhē her|har zone sahyōgī bantē haĩ lēkin phir bhī jō permanent rahtē haĩ unkē sahyōg K|kē binā tō nahī̃ kar saktē . chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] her|harnā[root]|har zone sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin phir bhī[x] jō[pn.;d.] permanent rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kē] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] binā tō nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) (x|x[root]) zone co-operative become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but nevertheless that permanent remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kē] cooperation (K|of) without then not do[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
404All zones become co-operative, but nevertheless, they cannot do anything without the help of those who stay here permanently.
384इसलिए एक-एक मधुबन वासी सिर्फ नीचे वाले नहीं , ऊपर वाले भी , हॉस्पिटल भी , जिन्होंने भी सहयोग दिया है , और अथक बनके सहयोग दे रहे हैं , इसीलिए एक-एक बच्चा अपने नाम से बापदादा का यादप्यार स्वीकार करना . isliē ēk-ēk madhuban vāsī sirph nīchē vālē nahī̃ , ūpar vālē bhī , hospital bhī , jinhōnnē bhī sahyōg diyā hai , aur athak bankē sahyōg dē rahē haĩ , isīliē ēk-ēk bachchā apnē nām sē bāpdādā kā yādpyār svīkār karnā . isliē ēk[adj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāsī[adj.] sirph[adj.] nīchē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] , ūpar vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] , hospital bhī[p.] , jō[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , aur athak[adj.] bannā[abs.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , isīliē ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . therefore one Madhuban resident only down those who not , over those who too , hospital too , that[.nē] too cooperation give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , and x become[abs.] cooperation give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , x one child one’s own name from BapDada of love, remembrance acceptance do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
405This is why, each resident of Madhuban, whether you are staying down below, or up the top, in the hospital, whoever gives their co-operation and is giving it tirelessly, BapDada is giving love and remembrance to each child personally by name.
385अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
406Achcha.
386जो मधुबन वाले हैं वह उठो , जो भी बैठे हैं यहाँ . jō madhuban vālē haĩ vah uṭhō , jō bhī baiṭhē haĩ yahā̃ . jō[pn.;d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] yahā̃ . that Madhuban those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] that wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that too sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] here .
407Those from Madhuban, stand up - Those who are sitting here, stand up!
387तो खास मुबारक हो . tō khās mubārak hō . tō khās mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then x congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
408Special congratulations to you.
388अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
409Achcha.
389चारों ओर के होलीएस्ट बच्चों को जो हर कदम में मेरा बाबा मेरा बाबा कहते हुए उड़ रहे हैं , और सदा अपने तीव्र पुरूषार्थ द्वारा आगे बढ़ रहे हैं और बढ़ाते रहते हैं ऐसे बापदादा के दिल के नूरे रत्न को बापदादा बहुत बहुत बहुत बहुत दिल का प्यार दे रहे हैं . chārō̃ ōr K|kē holiest bachchō̃ kō jō her|har kadam mē̃ mērā bābā mērā bābā kahtē huē uṛ rahē haĩ , aur sadā apnē tīvr purūṣhārth dvārā āgē baṛh rahē haĩ aur baṛhātē rahtē haĩ aisē bāpdādā K|kē dil K|kē nūrē ratna kō bāpdādā bahut bahut bahut bahut dil kā pyār dē rahē haĩ . chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] holiest[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] her|harnā[root]|har kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] uṛnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , aur sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth dvārā āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur baṛhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nūrē ratna[x] kō[postp.] bāpdādā bahut bahut bahut bahut dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . everywhere (K|of) holiest child to that (x|x[root]) step in I[.kā] Baba I[.kā] Baba say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] fly[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , and constantly one’s own intense effort through previously grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and increase[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] such BapDada (K|of) heart (K|of) jewel in the eyes to BapDada very very very very heart of love give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
410To the holiest children everywhere who say "My Baba, my Baba" at every step and are flying, to those who are moving forward with their intense effort and continue to make others move forward, to the jewels of light merged in BapDada's heart, Baba is giving lots, lots, lots and lots of love from the heart.
390साथ में होली की मुबारक भी दे रहे हैं क्योंकि वास्तव में आप ही होली हो और कोई डबल होली तो बनते नहीं . sāth mē̃ hōlī|holy key|kī mubārak bhī dē rahē haĩ kyōṅki vāstav mē̃ āp hī hōlī|holy hō aur kōī double hōlī|holy tō bantē nahī̃ . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] kyōṅki vāstav mē̃[x] āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur kōī[x] double hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] tō bannā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] . with in (Holi|holy) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations too give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] because x you only (Holi|holy) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) someone else double (Holi|holy) then become[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not .
411Together with this, Baba is also giving congratulations for Holi, because you are the ones who are holy - in fact no one else becomes double holy.
391आप ही डबल होली बनते हो इसीलिए पदमगुणा मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . āp hī double hōlī|holy bantē hō isīliē padamguṇā mubārak hō , mubārak hō . āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] double hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2] isīliē padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you only double (Holi|holy) become[pres.pl.m.2] x multimillion-fold congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
412Only you become double holy; therefore, multimillion times congratulations, congratulations.
392दादी जानकी से : परिवार से दिल का प्यार अच्छा है . dādī jānkī sē : parivār sē dil kā pyār achchhā hai . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] : parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Dadi x from : family from heart of love achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
413To Dadi Janki:You have very good love for the family.
393सभी खुश होते हैं . sabhī khuśh hōtē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . all happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
414All are very happy.
394जो दिल से करते हैं ना तो खुशी होती है . jō dil sē kartē haĩ nā tō khuśhī hōtī hai . jō[pn.;d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . that heart from do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] .
415When you do something with your heart, there is happiness.
395अथक बनके कर रही हो , ऐसे ही चलते चलो . athak bankē kar rahī hō , aisē hī chaltē chalō . athak[adj.] bannā[abs.] karnā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x become[abs.] do[pres.pl.f.acc.2] , such only continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
416You are doing everything tirelessly. 417Continue to move in that way.
396बापदादा तो हर बच्चे को सकाश देता है . bāpdādā tō her|har bachchē kō sakāśh dētā hai . bāpdādā tō her|harnā[root]|har bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada then (x|x[root]) child to sakaash give[pres.sg.m.23] .
418BapDada gives sakaash to every child.
397हर बच्चे को चला रहा है और बच्चे जो बापदादा चला रहे हैं , उनका रेसपान्स भी देते हैं . her|har bachchē kō chalā rahā hai aur bachchē jō bāpdādā chalā rahē haĩ , unkā response bhī dētē haĩ . her|harnā[root]|har bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] chalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|chalānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā chalānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.kā] response bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (x|x[root]) child to (continue[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|x[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) and child that BapDada x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , that[.kā] response too give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
419He is making every child move and the children whom BapDada is making move also give a response.
398अच्छा देते हैं . achchhā dētē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
420They give a good response.
399मोहिनी बहन : ठीक है , चलाने तो आ गया है . mōhinī bahan : ṭhīk hai , chalānē tō ā gayā hai . mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] : ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] tō ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . x x : OK be[pres.sg.23] , x[inf.m.pl.,o.] then come[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
421To Mohiniben:You are fine. 422You know how to look after yourself.
400तबियत में अभी ताकत नहीं है तो थोड़ा-थोड़ा जैसे आप चला रही हो वह अच्छा चला रही हो , ऐसे चल जायेगा . tabiyat mē̃ abhī tākat nahī̃ hai tō thōṛā-thōṛā jaisē āp chalā rahī hō vah achchhā chalā rahī hō , aisē chal jāyēgā . tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ab[adv.hī] tākat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] chalānā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chalānā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chalnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . health in now power not be[pres.sg.23] then short like you x[pres.pl.f.acc.2] that achcha x[pres.pl.f.acc.2] , such continue[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
423You may not have much strength healthwise, however you are moving along slowly, little by little. 424You are doing that well and everything will be fine.
401ऐसे नहीं समझो नहीं चलेगा , चलेगा . aisē nahī̃ samjhō nahī̃ chalēgā , chalēgā . aisē nahī̃[x] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[fut.m.sg.23] , chalnā[fut.m.sg.23] . it isn't that understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not continue[fut.m.sg.23] , continue[fut.m.sg.23] .
425Do not think that it will not work. 426It will.
402लेकिन आपको तरीका आ गया है , इस पर बापदादा खुश है . lēkin āpkō tarīkā ā gayā hai , is par bāpdādā khuśh hai . lēkin āp[pn.pl.kō] tarīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , yah[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but you[.kō] method come[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , this (at|other) BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .
427BapDada is pleased that you now know the method.
403 ( सेवा का प्रोग्राम बना , मैं जा नहीं सकी ) क्योंकि पहले भी आना जाना किया . ( sēvā kā programme banā , maĩ jā nahī̃ sakī ) kyōṅki pahlē bhī ānā jānā kiyā . ( sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] jānā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[past-part.f.] ) kyōṅki pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|ānā[inf.m.sg.d.] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+karnā] . ( service of programme (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) , I go[root] not can[past-part.f.] ) because (x|firstly) too (x|come[inf.m.sg.d.]) know[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+karnā] .
428(A service programme was made but I was unable to go.) 429That is because you were touring before that too.
404कोई भी प्रोग्राम बनाओ भले लेकिन थोड़ा समय रेस्ट करके फिर बनाओ . kōī bhī programme banāō bhalē lēkin thōṛā samay rest karkē phir banāō . kōī bhī[x] programme banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēkin thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] rest karnā[abs.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . anyone programme create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] benefit but short time x do[abs.] (then|turn[root]) create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
430Before you make any programme, take a rest and then make a programme to go anywhere.
405अभी समझ गई हो ना . abhī samajh gaī hō nā . ab[adv.hī] samajhnā[pres-perf.pl.f.2.root+jānā] nā . now understand[pres-perf.pl.f.2.root+jānā] ∅ .
431You have now understood yourself.
406सेवा करेंगी , ऐसी कोई बात नहीं है , जब जाना हो तो उसके 15 दिन पहले रेस्ट करो . sēvā karē̃gī , aisī kōī bāt nahī̃ hai , jab jānā hō tō uskē 15 din pahlē rest karō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jab jānnā[x]|jānā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] tō uskā[pn.sg.kē] 15 din[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] rest karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . service do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] , such some matter not be[pres.sg.23] , when (know[x]|go[pres.pl.2.oblig1]) then of that[.kē] 15 day (x|firstly) x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
432You will do service, it is not that you won't. 433Whenever you have to go, take a rest for 15 days prior to going.
407जाना है , लेकिन अपने को तैयार करो , एकस्ट्रा कुछ नहीं करो . jānā hai , lēkin apnē kō taiyār karō , extra kuchh nahī̃ karō . jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , lēkin apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , extra kuchh nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) , but one’s own to x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , extra anything not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
434You have to go, but prepare yourself. 435Do not do anything extra.
408जैसे डायरेक्शन है उसी अनुसार चलो . jaisē direction hai usī anusār chalō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] direction hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.hī] anusār chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like direction be[pres.sg.23] that[.hī] according to continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
436Continue to move along according to the directions.
409ठीक करेंगी , निकलेंगी . ṭhīk karē̃gī , nikalē̃gī . ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] , nikalnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . OK do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] , be extracted[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
437You will do well. 438You will be able to go.
410नीलू बहन भी हॉस्पिटल की यात्रा करेंगी : हिम्मत रखी है और शक्ति भी है . nīlū bahan bhī hospital key|kī yātrā karē̃gī : himmat rakhī hai aur śhakti bhī hai . x[n.f.;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hospital key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yātrā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] : himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x x too hospital (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) pilgrimage do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] : courage keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and Shakti too be[pres.sg.23] .
439To Neeluben: (Neeluben will be going to hospital)You have remained courageous and you also have that power.
411है ना शक्ति . hai nā śhakti . hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . be[pres.sg.23] ∅ Shakti .
440You have power, do you not?
412बापदादा ने दी है और आपने जमा की है . bāpdādā nē dī hai aur āpnē jamā kī hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur āp[pn.pl.nē] jamā karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . BapDada ∅ give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and you[.nē] accumulate .
441BapDada has given it and you have also accumulated it by yourself.
413उस शक्ति से कोई बड़ी बात नहीं है . us śhakti sē kōī baṛī bāt nahī̃ hai . vah[pn.sg.o.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that Shakti from some very matter not be[pres.sg.23] .
442With that power, nothing is a big deal.
414ऐसे ही लगेगा कुछ हुआ नहीं , कोई तकलीफ नहीं . aisē hī lagēgā kuchh huā nahī̃ , kōī taklīph nahī̃ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] kuchh hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , kōī[pn.;d.] taklīph[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . such only x[fut.m.sg.23] anything be[past-part.m.sg.d.] not , some difficulty not .
443It will be as though nothing has happened. 444It is not anything difficult.
415सेवा का मेवा तो मिलेगा ना . sēvā kā mēvā tō milēgā nā . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēvā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō milnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . service of nourishing fruit then receive[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .
445You will receive the fruit of your service.
416अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
446It is good.
417परदादी से : यह तो वाह ! pardādī sē : yah tō vāh ! pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] : yah[pn.sg.d.] tō vāh ! Dadi Nirmal Shanta from : this then wah! !
447To Par Dadi:This one is "Wah!
418वाह ! vāh ! vāh ! wah! ! 419है ना . hai nā . hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
448Wah!" is she not?
420देखो अभी इसका फोटो निकालो , बीमार लगती है ? dēkhō abhī iskā phōṭō nikālō , bīmār lagtī hai ? dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.kā] photo nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bīmār[adj.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] now this[.kā] photograph x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , those who are ill x[pres.sg.f.23] ?
449Look, now take a photo! 450Does she look ill?
421बर्थ डे की मुबारक हो . birth day key|kī mubārak hō . birth day[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . birthday (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
451Congratulations for your birthday.
422यह कमाल है कि इनका चेहरा सदा ऐसे लगता है जैसे कुछ है नहीं . yah kamāl hai ki inkā chēhrā sadā aisē lagtā hai jaisē kuchh hai nahī̃ . yah[pn.sg.d.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.kā] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sadā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kuchh hōnā[pres.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] . this x be[pres.sg.23] that this[.kā] face constantly such x[pres.sg.m.23] like anything be[pres.sg.23] not .
452It is a wonder that her face always looks like there is nothing wrong.
423शक्ल सुहानी है . śhakla suhānī hai . śhakla[n.f.;sg.] suhānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . face x be[pres.sg.23] .
453Your face is beautiful.
424कहती है ना डबल बाप है , तो डबल वरदान है . kahtī hai nā double bāp hai , tō double vardān hai . kahnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā double bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō double vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . say[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ double father be[pres.sg.23] , then double blessing be[pres.sg.23] .
454You say that He is your double Father and so you have double blessings.
425निर्वेर भाई और तीनों भाईयों से : ( कटक वालों की याद दी ) सबको यादप्यार देना . nirvēr bhāī aur tīnō̃ bhāīyō̃ sē : ( kaṭak vālō̃ key|kī yād dī|the ) sabkō yādpyār dēnā . x[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur tīnō̃[adj.] bhāī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : ( x vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yād[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the ) sabkō yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) and all three brother from : ( x those who (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) remembrance (give[past-part.f.]|the) ) everything love, remembrance give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
455Nirwairbhai, Brijmohanbhai and Rameshbhai:(Nirwairbhai gave remembrances of those from Cuttack) Give love and remembrance to everyone.
426सबको उमंग है , अच्छा है . sabkō umaṅg hai , achchhā hai . sabkō umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . everything zeal be[pres.sg.23] , achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
456Everyone has enthusiasm. 457It is good.
427आवाज तो फैलता है ना . āvāj tō phailtā hai nā . āvāz[n.f.;sg.] tō phailnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . noise then spread[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .
458The sound spreads, does it not?
428 ( पुरी के महाराजा भी मधुबन आना चाहते हैं ) अभी आयेंगे , बहुत आयेंगे . ( purī K|kē mahārājā bhī madhuban ānā chāhtē haĩ ) abhī āyēṅgē , bahut āyēṅgē . ( purī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mahārājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] ) ab[adv.hī] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , bahut ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . ( land (K|of) emperor too Madhuban come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] ) now come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , very come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
459(The Maharaja of Puri wants to come to Madhuban.) 460Now, they will come, many will come.
429आप तीनों मिलके राय करते हो ? āp tīnō̃ milkē rāy kartē hō ? āp[pn.pl.] tīnō̃[adj.] milnā[abs.] rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? you all three receive[abs.] (x) do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
461Do all of you three discuss everything together?
430राय करना फिर दादियों को सुनाओ , पहले आपस में राय करो . rāy karnā phir dādiyō̃ kō sunāō , pahlē āpas mē̃ rāy karō . rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] āpas mē̃[x] rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x) do[inf.m.sg.d.] (then|turn[root]) Dadi to speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (x|firstly) with each other (x) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
462First of all, discuss it among yourselves and then tell the Dadis. 463First of all, discuss it among yourselves.
431यह अच्छा करते हो , जैसे आज किया है ना . yah achchhā kartē hō , jaisē āj kiyā hai nā . yah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āj karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā . this achcha do[pres.pl.m.2] , like today do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ .
464You do this well, just as you have done today.
432ऐसे राय निकालके फिर इन्हों को साथ में सुनाओ . aisē rāy nikālkē phir inhō̃ kō sāth mē̃ sunāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[abs.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such (x) x[abs.] (then|turn[root]) this to with in speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
465First of all, discuss it among yourselves and then relate it to them (Dadis) together.
433अच्छा करते हो . achchhā kartē hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . achcha do[pres.pl.m.2] .
466You are doing well.
434रमेश भाई से : तबियत ठीक है ना . ramēśh bhāī sē : tabiyat ṭhīk hai nā . ramēśh bhāī[x] sē[postp.] : tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . Rameshbhai from : health OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
467To Rameshbhai:Is your health OK?
435तबियत की सम्भाल करना . tabiyat key|kī sambhāl karnā . tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sambhāl[n.f.;sg.]|sambhālnā[root] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . health (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (x|be careful[root]) do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
468Look after your health.
436हल्का नहीं छोड़ो . halkā nahī̃ chhōṛō . halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . light not renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
469Do not become slack with it.
437और सदा ऐसे समझो कि बाबा के साथ चल रहा हूँ . aur sadā aisē samjhō ki bābā kē sāth chal rahā hū̃ . aur sadā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] bābā kē sāth[x] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.1] . and constantly such understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that Baba with continue[pres.sg.m.prog.1] .
470Always think that you are walking with Baba.
438बाबा के साथ काम कर रहा हूँ , अकेला नहीं . bābā kē sāth kām kar rahā hū̃ , akēlā nahī̃ . bābā kē sāth[x] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.1] , akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . Baba with (task|lust) do[pres.sg.m.prog.1] , alone not .
471I am working with Baba, I am not alone.
439 ( अनिला बहन की याद दी , वह हॉस्पिटल में है ) उसकी तबियत थोड़ी है . ( anilā bahan key|kī yād dī|the , vah hospital mē̃ hai ) uskī tabiyat thōṛī hai . ( x bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yād[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the , vah[pn.sg.d.] hospital mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) vah[pn.sg.kī] tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( x x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) remembrance (give[past-part.f.]|the) , that hospital in be[pres.sg.23] ) that[.kī] health short be[pres.sg.23] .
472(He gave remembrance of Anilaben, (Rameshbhai's sister), who is in hospital.) 473She is a little unwell.
440 ( सोनीपत की जमीन पर काम बढ़ाना है ) अच्छा है , उस तरफ सेवा तो शुरू हो . ( sōnīpat key|kī jamīn par kām baṛhānā hai ) achchhā hai , us taraph sēvā tō śhurū hō . ( sōnīpat[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] zamīn[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.o.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō śhurū hōnā[root] . ( Sonipat (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) land (at|other) (task|lust) increase[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] , that direction service then x .
474(We are going to increase the work on the land at Sonipat.) 475It is good. 476At least service should begin in that direction.
441बनाना प्रोग्राम अच्छा है सेवा का विस्तार हो रहा है . banānā programme achchhā hai sēvā kā vistār hō rahā hai . banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] programme achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . create[inf.m.sg.d.] programme achcha be[pres.sg.23] service of expansion be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
477Make aprogramme. 478It is good that service is expanding.
442भूपाल भाई से : साक्षी होके सब यज्ञ का कार्य निमित्त बनके करते चलो . Bhūpāl bhāī sē : sākṣhī hōkē sab yagya kā kārya nimitt bankē kartē chalō . x bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] : sākṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[abs.] sab[adj.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) from : detached observer be[abs.] all sacrificial fire of task instrument become[abs.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
479To Bhupalbhai:Be a detached observer and continue to do all the work of the yagya as an instrument.
443बाबा का साथ तो है ही . bābā kā sāth tō hai hī . bābā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . Baba of with then be[pres.sg.23] only .
480You have Baba's company, anyway.
444अकेला तो कोई कर नहीं सकता . akēlā tō kōī kar nahī̃ saktā . akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō kōī[pn.;d.] karnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . alone then some do[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
481No one can do it alone.
445बाप साथ है ही . bāp sāth hai hī . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . father with be[pres.sg.23] only .
482The Father is with you.
446अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
483It is good.
447मोहिनी बहन की सेवा पर जो बहने हैं , उनके प्रति बापदादा ने कहा कि , बाबा जानते हैं , देखो कोई भी सेवा करते हैं बाबा की दी हुई सेवा है . mōhinī bahan key|kī sēvā par jō bahnē haĩ , unkē prati bāpdādā nē kahā ki , bābā jāntē haĩ , dēkhō kōī bhī sēvā kartē haĩ bābā kī dī huī sēvā hai . mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] bahnā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] , vah[pn.pl.kē] prati bāpdādā nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] , bābā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kōī bhī[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bābā karnā[past-part.f..past-part+dēnā] hōnā[past-part.f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service (at|other) that x[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] , that[.kē] for BapDada ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] that , Baba know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] anyone service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] Baba do[past-part.f..past-part+dēnā] be[past-part.f.] service be[pres.sg.23] .
484The sisters who look after Mohiniben:Baba knows. 485See, whatever service you do, it is service given to you by Baba.
448बाप ने दी है . bāp nē dī hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . father ∅ give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
486The Father has given that service.
449तो पहले बाप फिर सेवा . tō pahlē bāp phir sēvā . tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] . then (x|firstly) father (then|turn[root]) service .
487So, the Father first and then service.
450अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
488It is good.